2007年最新高考英语各项专题训练[下学期]

2007届高三写作专项训练
日记
10月20 日, 你和同学们到红星农场生态旅游。请根据下面的表格用英语写一篇日记。
6：30
起床、乘车出发去红星农场、一路欣赏风景、唱歌
8：30
到达农场、受到欢迎，参观、植树、了解自然
13：00
野炊、乘车回家
注意： 1. 日记必须包括所有表格的内容和你的感想，可以适当增减细节。
2. 使用定语从句。
3. 要求用first, next, then和 finally 使日记连贯。
4. 词数80—100。
October 20 Friday fine

————————————————————————————————————
思路分析：本篇习作虽然要求写日记，但是日记的内容属于描写文。学生需要把和同学们到红星农场生态旅游的经过和感想描述出来。注意时态用一般过去时。
2. 参考范文：
October 20 Friday fine
Today my classmates and I went to Hongxing Farm for a wonderful eco-travel.
First, I got up at 6:30 and we set off by bus. On the bus, we had a good time singing and enjoying the beautiful scenery outside the window. Then two hours later, we arrived at the gate of the farm, where the farmers were waiting to give us a warm welcome. After we were shown around the big farm, we began to plant trees. It was really a good way to get close to nature and protect the environment at the same time. Next, we had a picnic and it was great fun to eat in the open air. Finally, we were on the way back. Although we were all very tired, our eco-travel was really unforgettable.
根据下面的内容写一篇日记，时间是12月27日(星期二), 天气为晴天。昨天你在电视上看了冬季奥运会，写下你的感想。
1. 比赛很激动人心，所有的运动队都很好。
2. 我国的滑雪队表现很出色。滑得快，跳得高，打败了法国队。夺得金牌。
3. 你也喜欢滑冰比赛项目（event）:
(1) 看到很多优秀滑冰运动员；
（2）美国和意大利队都很优秀；
（3）德国队的一名男青年摔断了腿；
（4）一个美国的女运动员滑得很精彩，动作很优美。她最后出场，获得了金牌。
要求：字数100左右。
1. 参考范文：
Dec. 27th Tuesday Fine
Last night I watched the Winter Olympics on television. All the teams were good, and it was very exciting.
Our ski team was excellent. They skied very fast and jumped very well. Last light the French team beat us, but this time we beat them. We won a gold medal.
I liked the skating events too. I saw a lot of skaters. The American and the Italian teams were both excellent. A boy on the German team had a bad fall and broke his leg. A young American girl was excellent. Her back was straight; her arms were beautiful. She was the skaters and she won a gold medal.
2. 习作点评：
本文以日记的形式说明了昨天晚上的冬季奥运会情况，作出了评价，表达了感受，语言简练，内容充实。
活动安排
你校新来的英语教师想了解你校课外活动的开展情况,请根据下面的文字提示,用英文写一篇短文,介绍有关情况.
注意:1.词数100~120个.
活动时间
活动地点
活动内容
活动结果
同学们的希望和建议
星期二
4:30p.m
5:15p.m
教室
实验室
电脑
美术
丰富了学生的知识,激发了学生的兴趣.
1.增加了课外活动时间.
2.建立“英语角”
3.尽量让学生接触社
了解社会。
星期五
4:30p.m
5:15p.m
学校操场
校内花园
体育
英语口语
2.生词提示:out-of-class activities课外活动step into society接触社会
1.思路分析: 此篇练习是根据已知图表向人介绍学校课文活动的开展情况,活动的时间,地点,内容,结果以及希望和建议都以图表的形式给出,作文时注意不要漏掉任何内容.
2.参考范文:
Students in our school have two periods for out-of-class activities every week. It starts at 4:30p.m. and ends at 5:15p.m.every Tuesday and Friday. The activities include computer, sports, fine arts (or art), and oral English. These activities are often held in our classrooms, labs, school gardens or on the play-ground. We have learned a lot more through these activities, which makes us more interested in studies. We hope such activities will be held more often. We suggest that an “English Corner” should be set up. It is our suggestion that we should be allowed to step into society and know more about it.
观点对比
题目要求:
最近,你的父母打算让你出国留学,你与父母的意见相悖,感到烦恼.现在你准备在网上将你与父母的意见发表出来,寻求帮助.请你根据下面的提示,写出100词左右的短文.文章开头已给出.
父母的看法
自己的看法
1.拥有学习外语的好环境;
2.可以尽早学会独立生活;
3.学习先进技术,有前途.
自己现有的外语水平不高;
担心遇到无法处理的问题;
对家庭来说留学费用太高.
My parents have been wanting me to study abroad,
1.思路分析:
拿到本题目之后,我们应该先分析此题的意图.要求写一篇短文寻求帮助,因此必须得把题目所囊括的内容陈述清楚,这里需要注意的是要在结尾寻求帮助.然后再根据表格内容写出所需要的词汇:limited, communicate, hard, deal with, cost, too much, independent, advanced knowledge, bright future……然后再进行组织写出提纲,可以第一段陈述自己的观点,第二段陈述父母的观点,最后提出寻求帮助.当然也可以先写父母的观点再陈述自己的观点.
2.参考范文:
My parents have been wanting me to study abroad, but I don’t agree with them.
I think my English is too limited to communicate with foreigners. And I’m not fully developed physically and mentally. So it would be hard for me to deal with the problems I’ll face. Besides, the cost will be too much for my family.
However, my parents think that it’s natural to master a foreign language in an English-speaking country. Worse still, studying abroad at an early age will enable me to be independent. Then it would be easier for me to lean advanced knowledge and technology, which would prepare me for a brighter future.
I really don’t know whether I should obey my parents or not. I need advice!
求职、应聘与推荐
假如你是陈峰，24岁，正在丹佛大学(Denver University)读书。你会弹吉它(guitar)，擅长美国流行歌曲，会打篮球，游泳很好。参加过几所中学二日游活动，作辅导员(coach)。去年暑假在一所培训班教孩子们游泳，培训一个篮球队。你想在暑假期间申请(apply for)一份工作，在报纸上读到下面广告：
Wanted: 80 Holiday Camp Assistant for USA Summer Camps
Age 18—25 male and female
Must be able to do at least some of the following:
*play a musical instrument
*sing
*play baseball/ basketball/ volleyball
*swim
Work is offered during the following periods
June 21—July 20; July 20—August 18; August 18—September 16
Experience preferred.
Write, saying when you can work, and giving phone/ E-mail numbers to:
Holiday Extra, PO BOX 2720, Denver, Colorado, USA
你喜欢这种工作，觉得有意思。 写信申请第二期工作。随信附上你的电话：66776226及电子邮件地址：Chenfeng@yeah.net.
注意：信的开头已给出，不计入总数。词数：100字左右。
Dear Sir or Madam,
I have read your advertisement for Holiday Camp Assistants and would like to …
思路分析：这是一封书信，所以要注意书信的格式；而且要写清楚自己的况，尤其是对其要求比较符合的那几项；文章要包括所要求的所有要点，并加以组织；最后别忘记附上自己的电话和邮件地址。
2、参考范文：
Dear Sir or Madam,
I have read your advertisement for Holiday Camp Assistants and would like to apply for a job during the period of July 20 to August 18. I’m 24 years old, and now I’m studying at Denver University. I’m good at playing guitar and singing American pop music. I can play basketball and swim well.
I went on some two-day school trips as a coach. Last summer I worked in a summer training course, teaching the children swimming and training a basketball team.
You can contact me on the following phone/ E-mail number.
Phone: 66776226
E-mail: Chenfeng@yeah.net
I’m looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours sincerely,
Chen feng
假设你是李华，申请到一家外资企业工作。你需要用英语写一篇短文，介绍自己的基本情况。短文应包括下表所列的全部内容。
姓名
李华
出生年月
1983年9月
出生地
上海
学历
1989—1995 育英小学 1995—2001 上海第八中学
所学主要课程
语文、数学、英语、物理、化学、电脑
特长
英语、电脑（去年在全校电脑竞赛中获第一名）
业余爱好
游泳、滑冰、集邮、流行音乐
注意：1、词数在100字左右：
2、开头已为你写好。
My name is Li Hua___________________
1、思路分析： 在读完本题之后，我们很容易就能理解题目是让我们写一篇文章来介绍我们自己（尽管我们不会写真实的自己）。在阅读完表中的情况之后，我们应该先想出在写文章时需要的词汇，其中涉及到了科目，运动及一些业余爱好的词汇，这些并不是很难，这里的难点是如何有序地但又不是流水账似的把这些内容清楚地表达出来。出生地与出生年月放在一起形成一句话。初中可以用了一个介词after表达出来；科目结束后紧接着说自己最喜欢的并很自然地说出了自己取得的成绩，然后是自己的爱好与兴趣。
参考范文：
My name is Li Hua. I was born in Shanghai in September 1987. I started school in 1989 when I was six. I studied in Yuying Primary School from 1993 to 1999.
After that I went to No.8 Middle School of Shanghai and graduated this summer. The main subjects I studied at school included Chinese, maths, English, physics, chemistry and computer. I like English and computer best and I am very good at them. Last year I won first prize in the school computer competition. In my spare time I enjoy listening to popular music and collecting stamps. My favourite sports are swimming in summer and skating in winter.
参考范文
April 12 Saturday Fine
Today our class went to the Xishan Park to clean the place. Early in the morning we started out by bike. As soon as we got there, we began to work. First we collected the rubbish near the river bank and in the woods. Then we put up notices to tell people not to destroy the beauty of nature. At the same time, we kept on telling the visitors the importance of protecting the environment. Having cleaned the whole park, we said goodbye to the workers of the park and went home. Though we were very tired, we felt very happy.
题目要求：
用英语写一个通知。假定通知对象是高一年级学生，内容是5月25日，星期三下午三时，将举行全年级英语考试。考试的内容将包括写各种短语和本学期学过的语法等内容。在复习过程中，同学们如有疑难问题应查阅词典、语法书或向老师请教。这次考试是测试英语知识和能力的重要考试，希望同学们认真复习，取得优良成绩。
要求：1、不要逐字翻译。
2、格式正确。
3、字数在100个单词左右。
4、通知时间4月6日。
参考范文：
Notice
April 6,
The students of Senior Grade One,
Your attention, please. We will hold an English Exam at 3:00 in the afternoon on Wednesday May 25th. The exam includes all kinds of phases and the grammar you learned this term and so on. Everyone should carefully go over your textbook, because the exam is very important and is a test of your knowledge of English and ability. If you have questions, you should go to a dictionary or a grammar book; you can also ask your teachers.
Wish you all do well in the exam. That’s all. Thank you.
习作点评：
本文格式正确，按应用文的格式，标明了通知对象和通知时间。考试性质、考试的范围都交代得清楚，但有些语言有汉语的痕迹，比如“If you have questions, you should go to a dictionary or a grammar book; you can also ask your teachers.”应该说成“If you have any questions, you should turn to a dictionary or a grammar book; and , of course, you can also ask your teachers for advice”会更符合英语的表达习惯。
学校化学实验室需要在 4月15日发一个做化学实验的通知，为了让学校的外籍学生也知道，请你以教务处的名义写一份书面通知，以便贴在学校的布告栏里。通知必须包括以下几个要点：
时间：下周星期五（4月26日），下午3:30
地点：实验大楼二楼。
注意事项：⑴带好钢笔和笔记本，准时到实验室；
⑵实验要小心，先仔细观察，然后接老师的要求进行实验；
⑶实验结束后，整理好东西，晚上8:30交实验报告。
参考范文：
Notice
There will be an important chemical experiment on the second floor of the laboratory building next Friday, at 3:30p.m on 26th April.
Please bring a pen and a notebook with you and get there on time. You’d be careful when you do the experiment first and then do it according to the requests of the teacher. Please put away all the things when you have finished the experiment. You must hand in your reports of the experiment at 8:30 in the evening.
Teaching Affairs Office
15th April
English Composition
题目要求：
10月18日，高三年级一班和二班之间将进行一次有关环保问题的演讲比赛（a talk show on environmental protection）。此前，二班将邀请清华大学的Dr. Li做相关内容的报告。假定你是二班班长，请你草拟一份有关报告会的口头通知。具体内容包括：
报告内容
近年来北京环境问题所取得的进步
地点
教学楼三楼会议厅（auditorium）
时间
10月5日，星期三下午2：00
目的
帮助大家收集信息，为演讲做好准备
参加人员
全班同学
其他安排
会后讨论
注意：1. 内容应包括提示及表格内的全部要点；
2. 词数100左右；
3. 开头已给出。
Dear classmates,
May I have your attention, please?
参考范文：
Dear classmates,
May I have your attention, please?
As you know, our class will have a talk show on environmental protection with Class One on October 18. Before it takes place, we will invite Dr. Li from Tsinghua University to give us a talk. He will tell us about the improvement in environmental protection in recent years in Beijing.
The report will begin at 2:00 p.m. on Wednesday, October 15 in the auditorium on the third floor in the teaching building. I am sure we can get enough information from his talk to make good preparations for the coming talk show. Everyone should be there on time please listen to the report carefully and make full notes at the same time.
By the way, we’ll have a discussion after the report.
That’s all. Thank you!
题目要求:
你在你校学生会负责“英语角”的活动。请给你校英语广播起草一份口头通知。词数”100”左右.内容如下：
1. “英语角”定于本周五下午4点在学校花园里举行。
2. 三位在北师大学习的美国学生,将应邀参加。
3. Peter, 他们中的一位，要给我们介绍美国人的生活方式和美国的学校教育情况。
4. 会后，大家可就中美两国的生活、语言学习等话题自由交谈。
1. 参考范文：
Ladies and gentlemen,
The English Corner is to be held in the school garden at 4:00 this Friday afternoon. Three American students studying at Beijing Normal University will be invited to take part in. Peter, one of them, will give us a talk about the American way of life and the language study, the school life in both countries, and other things that may interest you.
Everybody is welcome .And I hope you will find the English Corner fun.
That’s all. Thank you.
2. 习作点评:
全文内容包括全面,语言开门见山，简洁明了，把通知的目的、时间、地点、内容叙述得请清楚楚，最后感谢大家，语言口语化，表达地道，无语法错误。

谈 如 何 进 行 书 面 表 达 的 训 练
近年来，高考英语重点考查学生运用英语的能力。书面表达一题则是测试学生用英语笔头表达的能力。对于大部分学生来说，此题难度大，要求高，考生往往失分多。下面谈谈如何进行书面表达的训练。
一、细心研读所给材料或图表，用汉语列出要点，组织文章。
英语书面表达虽难，但其要求与作文不同，它只要求考生用较规范的英语，简单地陈述清所给材料。根据这一要求，若先用母语组织文章，学生就不感到难了。因此，在下笔之前，要认真研读和理解所给材料或图表，用汉语列出要点，例如94年高考题：
提示：你校学生会将为来访的美国朋友举办一个晚会，要在学校广播此事，并欢迎大家参加。为使美国朋友听懂，请你用英语写一篇广播通知。在要点如下：
宗 旨：欢迎来访的美国朋友
时 间：8月15日（星期六）晚上7：30
地 点：主楼屋顶花园
活动内容：音乐、跳舞、唱歌、游戏、交换礼品（包装好，签好名，并在包装外面写上几个祝愿词）
注意：（1）广播稿约100词。
（2）应包括以上要点，但不要逐字翻译，要组织成一篇通顺、连贯的短文。
在用英语表达前，可组织要点如下：
1、学生会将在8月15日，星期六，举行一个晚会欢迎来访的美国朋友。
2、晚会在主楼屋顶花园举行。
3、晚会于下午7：30举行。
4、晚会将有音乐、午蹈、唱歌、游戏、交换礼品等。
5、要把礼品包装好，签好名，并写上一些祝愿的话。
有了这些要点，用英语组织文章时，就显得有章可循了。
二、找出相应的词、词组或句型，明确时态、语态，用英语表达出每一个要点
用英语表达出每一个要点，通常是最困难的一步。首先要对要点进行分析、理解，从英语中找到相应的词、词组和句型。（找到的这些词、词组和句型必须是你熟悉的、能正确运用的，否则，往往出错。）再根据内容，确定好时态、语态。上面一题的五个要点依次可译为：
1. The student Union is going to hold a party on Saturday evening , Aug. 15th to welcome our friends from the U.S.
2. The party will be held in the roof garden of the main building .
3. It will begin at 7:30 p.m.
4. There will be music, dancing , sing ing ,games,and exchanging gifts.
5. Rember to wrap your gift up , sign your name and write a few words of wishes.
在用英语表达要点时，常会遇到一些你无从着手的难句或繁句，这时要充分利用“解释法”。
所为谓“解释法”可理解为“化难为易”“化繁为简”。
“化难为易”就是把不好用英语表达的汉语句子，在保持句子意思不变的情况下，解释为你能用英语表达出来的形式，以达到用英语表达出这一要点的效果。如下面一个要点：
“凡愿参加讨论者，请到班主任处报名。”
“报名”一词，在所学英语中找不到相应的词或词组，但根据这上意思可把“到班主任处报名”解释为“告诉班主任把你的名字记下来。”那么，这一要点可表达为：
If you want to join in our discussion, please tell your class teacher to take down your name.
又如：“他在去年的高考中金榜题名”
该句中的“金榜题名”一词难以表达，我们可把这个词组解释为：“他在去年的高考中成功了”或“他通过了去年的高考”，这样则可译为：
He succeeded in the college entrance examination last year.
或：He passed the college entrance examination last year.
所谓“化繁为简”就是在保持句子不变的情况下，把结构繁杂的句子化成几个简单的句子来表达。如：“他在我市去年举行的英语演讲比赛中获得了一等奖。”
上句直接用英语来表达，结构复杂，难度较大，可先化成两个简单句。即：“去年我市举行了一次英语演讲比赛，他获得了一等奖。”则可表达为：
There was an English speech contest in our city last year, and he got the first prize in it.
又如：“南京大学吴教授将应邀到会做《如何学好英语》的报告”
该句可解释为：“南京大学吴教授将被邀请来参加会议，他将做《如何学好英语的报告》。这样该句可译为：
Prof. Wu from Nanjing University will be invited to the meeting . He will give us a talk on How to Learn English Well.
总之，在表达具体各个要点时，灵活地将句子作出解释，把它转变成你能用英语表达的形式，能帮你渡过难关，正确地用英语表达出要点。
三、连句、整理成文
在译出各个要点之后，就可以连句成章了。此时，可根据文章的需要，可以在短文之前加上概括性的句子；为了衔接上下句，要在句与句之间加上必要的过渡句或连接词，才能使句子显得紧凑；为了避免重复，可把几个简单的句子合并成一个并列句或复合句，这样就使整个短文即紧扣了要点，又连贯、通顺。
附：英语书面表达中常用的过渡性词语：
1、表示时间：then, now , afterwards, five minutes /... later, soon , before long , shortly after that , soon after supper/.... to this day, just now , just then,...
2、表示顺序、动作过程的：first, firstly, first of all , second , secondly, at first, at last next...
3：表示转折：but , yet, and yet , however , although, otherwise, in spite of , ...
4：表示结果：thus, therefore, so , as a result, seeing that , luckily, unfortunately, fortunately, ..
5：表示强调：above all , indeed, surely, certainly , of course , after all , without any delay, at last, at most, ...
6：表示并列：and , also, as well as , and then, ...
7：表示递进：besides, what's /was more , in addition , even, once more ,
8：表示解释或说明：that's to say, that is , namely ,for example , actually, and so on, such as , believe it or not , to tell (you)the truth, for this reason, in other words, ...
9：表示比较或对比：just like , just as, in the same way, more or less, sooner or later , on the contrary, on the other hand, ...
10：表示总结：finally, in conclusion, in a word, in general, generally speaking, as you know, in the end, ...
阅读下列短文，仔细体会括号内过渡词的使用：
（One day ）an old lady was walking slowly in the street with a handbag in her hand.（Suddenly） a young man riding a bicycle came up and snatched her bag. The old lady shouted:"Help!"and ran after him, （however）,she couldn't catch up with the bike .（Just then） a boy came out of school and saw what happened.（ Immediately ）he took out a box of push-pin and threw them on the ground .（ Just as the boy expected）, the bike tyre were destroyed by the push-pins on the road and the young man had to stop. （Finally）they caught the young man and sent him to the police.（ What a clever and a brave boy!）
2007年各地高考单项选择专项归类
it用法
1.As the busiest woman in Norton, she made _____ her duty to look after all the other people’s affairs in that town.（湖南）
A. this B. that C. one D. it
2._______ is our belief that improvements in health care will lead to a stronger, more prosperous economy.（浙江）
A. As B. That C. This D. It
3.If I can help_______, I don't like working late into the night.（全国I）
A. so B. that C. it D. them
4.I’d appreciate ____ if you would like to teach me how to use the computer.（山东）
A. that B. it C. this D. you
倒装句
1、Never in m wildest dreams these people are living in such poor conditions．（2006安徽高考）
A．I could imagine B．could I imagine
C．I couldn’t imagine D．couldn’t I imagine
2、At the foot of the mountain _______ （四川）
A.a village lie B.lies a village C.does a village lie D.lying a village
3、_______homework did we have to do that we had no time to take a rest.（福建）
A. So much B. Too much C. Too little D. So little
4、---It’s burning hot today, isn’t it?
---Yes. ________yesterday（福建）
A. So was it B. So it was C. So it is D. So is it
5、Only then ______ how much damage had been caused.（陕西）
A. had she realized B. she realized C. did she realized D. she had realized
6、_________ by keeping down costs will Power Data hold its advantage over other companies.（浙江）
A. Only B. Just C. Still D. Yet
7、__________ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.（湖北）
A. Would you be B. Should you be C. Could you be D. Might you be
8、So difficult ______ it to work out the problem that I decided to ask Tom for advice.（广东）
A. I did find B. did I find C. I have found D. have I found
冠词
1.In _____ review of 44 studies, American researchers found that men and women who ate six key foods daily cut the risk of _____ heart disease by 76%.（2006年湖南高考）
A. a; the B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. 不填; a
2.Of all ____ reasons for my decision to become a university professor, my father’s advice was _______ most important one.（辽宁）
A.the;a B.不填；a C.不填;the D.the;the
3.According to ______World Health Organization, health care plans are needed in all big cities to prevent _______spread of AIDS.（陕西）
A. the; the B. the; / C. a; a D. /; the
4. Don’t worry if you can’t come to _______ party. --- I’ll save ________ cake for you.（浙江）
A. the ; some B. a ; much C. the ; any D. a ; little
5.Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith?
- Sorry, wrong number. There isn't______ Mr. Smith here.（全国I）
A. 不填 B. a C. the D. one
6.For him ____ stage is just ___ means of making a living.(山东)
A. a; a B.the; a C. the ; the D. a; the
名词性从句
1.My most famous relative of all, _______ who really left his mark on America, was Rob Sussel, my great-grandfather..
A. one B. the one C. he D. someone
2.We haven’t settled the question of __it is necessary for him to study abroad.（2006年江苏高考）
A. if B. where C. whether D. that
3.A warm thought suddenly came to me _____I might use the pocket money to buy some flowers for my mother’s birthday．（2006年安徽高考）
A．if B．when C．that D．which
4. There is much chance ____ Bill will recover from his injury in time for the race.（天津）
A. that B. which C. until D. if
5.I think it is necessary for my 19-year-old son to have his own mobile phone, for I sometimes want to make sure if he ____ home for dinner.（辽宁）
A.come B.comes C.has come D.will come
6. _____ makes this shop different is that it offers more personal services.（辽宁）
A.What B.Who C.Whatever D.Whoeve
7.-It’s thirty years since we last met.
-But I still remember the story,believe it or not, _____ we got lost on a rainy night.（四川）
A.which B.that C.what D.when
8.See the flags on top of the building? That was______ we did this morning.（全国I）
A. when B. which C. where D. What
9.Please remind me______ he said he was going. I may be in time to see him off.（全国I）
A. where B. when C. how D. what
主谓一致
1.A poet and artist ________ coming to speak to us about Chinese literature and painting tomorrow afternoon.（2006年江苏高考）
A. is B. are C. was D. were
2.Most of what has been said about the Simiths also true of the Johnsons．（2006年安徽高考）
A．are B．is C．being D．to be
3.The company had about 20 notebook computers but only one-third _______ used regularly. Now we have 60 working all day long.（浙江）
A. is B. are C. was D. were
被动语态
1、--- I don’t suppose the police know who did it.（2006江苏高考）
--- Well, surprisingly they do. A man has been arrested and ________ now.
A. has been questioned B. is being questioned
C. is questioning D. has questioned
2、It is said that the early European playing-cards ____ for entertainment and education.（辽宁）
A.were being designed B.have designed
C.have been designed D.were designed
3、Although the causes of cancer ____, we do not yet have any practical way to prevent it.（山东）
A. are being uncovered B. have been uncovering
C. are uncovering D. have uncovered
定语从句
1、Women ____ drink more than two cups of coffee a day have a greater chance of having heart disease than those ____ don’t.（2006北京高考）
A. who; 不填 B. who; 不填 C. who; who D. 不填；不填
2、The owner of the cinema needed to make a lot of improvements and employ more people to keep it running, ______ meant spending tens of thousands of pounds.（2006年江苏高考）
A. who B. that C. as D. which
3、I was giving a talk to a large group of people, the same talk I _____ to half a dozen other groups.（2006年湖南高考）
A. was giving B. am giving C. had given D. have given
4、We saw several natives advancing towards our party, and one of them came up to us, ______ we gave some bells and glasses.（2006年湖南高考）
A. to which B. to whom C. with whom D. with which
5、The Beatles, _____ many of you are old enough to remember, came from Liverpool.（2006年天津）
A. what B. that C. how D. as
6、I was told that there were about 50 foreign students _____ Chinese in the school, most _____ were from Germany.（2006年高考辽宁）
A.study; of whom B.study; of them C.studying; of them D.studying; of whom
7、She was educated at Beijing University , _______ she went on to have her advanced study abroad.（陕西）
A. after that B. from that C. from which D. after which
8、I was given three books on cooking, the first _______ I really enjoyed.（浙江）
A. of that B. of which C. that D. which
9、My friend, who ______ on the International Olympic Committee all his life, is retiring next month.（浙江）
A. served B. is serving C. had served D. has served
10、We’re just trying to teach a point ____ both sides will sit down together and talk.（山东）
A. where B. that C. when D. which
交际用语
1、--- It took me ten years to build up my business, and it almost killed me.
--- Well, you know what they say. _________.（2006年江苏高考）
A. There is no smoke without fire B. Practice makes perfect
C. All roads lead to Rome D. No pains, no gains
2、—How are you getting on with your cleaning? Do you need my help?
— _____ , but I think I’m all right．（2006年安徽高考）
A．No, thanks B．That’s OK
C．You are helpful D．That’s very kind of you
3、—It’s been raining for a whole week. I think it’ll get fine soon.
—____ . We are getting into the rainy season now．（2006年安徽高考）
A．Yes, it will B．Of course not
C．It’s possible D．It’s hard to say
4、－These books are too heavy for me to carry.
－ _____ .（辽宁）
A.You may ask for help B.I’will give you a hand
C.I’will do you a favor D.I’d come to help
5、__I’m sorry I’m late. I got held up in the traffic on my way here.
－_______ .（辽宁）
A.Don’t be late next time B.You should be blamed
C.It doesn’t matter, I’m also late D.Never mind. Come and sit down
6、- What a beautiful picture you’ve drawn!
--___________（四川）
A.Not at all. B.Thank you. C.You’re great. D.I’m proud of you.
7、-Do you mind my smoking her?（四川）
A.No,thanks. B.No. Good idea. C.Yes,please. D.Yes.Better not.
8、__ I’m terribly sorry that I made your table cloth dirty.
__ ________.（陕西）
A. Sorry B. Never mind C. Don’t mention it D. That’s right
9、Would you take this along to the office for me?（浙江）
A. With pleasure. B. That’s right. C. Never mind. D. Don’t mention it.
10、--- If you like I can do some shopping for you.
--- That’s a very kind ________.（浙江）
A. offer B. service C. point D. suggestion
11、-- I was wondering if we could go skiing on the weekend.
-- _______good.（湖北）
A. Sound B. Sounded C. Sounding D. Sounds
12、--You know who came yesterday?
--Yao Ming?. We had a basketball match.
-- ________He came and watched the game.
A. You guessed it! B. How did you know that?
C. Well done! D. That was good news!
13、- Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bank is, please?
－______ Oh yes! It's past the office, next to a big market.（山东）
A. Mm, let me think. B. Oh, I beg your pardon?
C. You're welcome. D. What do you mean?
14、I wonder if I could possibly use your car for tonight?
-______. I'm not using it anyhow.（全国I）
A. Sure, go head B. I don't know C. Yes, indeed D. I don't care
15、How did you find your visit to Qingdao, Joanna?（山东）
A. Oh, wonderful indeed B. I went the alone
C. First by train and then by ship D. A guide showed me the way
16、Andrew won't like it, you know.（广东）
-- _________ ? I don't care what Andrew thinks!
A. So what B. So where C. So why D. So how
17、-- Excuse me, Sir, is the swimming pool open all day?（广东）
-- _______。 Only from 6:00 pal to 10:00 pm.
A. That's right. B. Yes, of course C. Sorry, I am not sure D. Sorry, I'm afraid not
强调句
1、It was after he got what he had desired he realized it was not so important.（辽宁）
A.that B.when C.since D.as
2、I just wonder ____ that makes him so excited. （山东）
A. why it does B. what he does C. how it is D. what it is
状语从句
1.I along the street looking for a place to park when the accident ．(2006年安徽高考)
A．went; was occurring B．went; occurred
C．was going; occurred D．was going; had occurred
2.A man cannot smile like a child, _____ a child smiles with his eyes, while a man smiles with his lips alone.（湖南）
A. so B. but C. and D. for
3.I had just stepped out of the bathroom and was busily drying myself with a towel ____ I heard the steps.（湖南）
A. while B. when C. since D. after
4.With his work completed, the businessman stepped back to his seat, feeling pleased _____ he was a man of action.（湖南）
A. which B. that C. what D. whether
5.The cost of living in Glasgow is among the lowest in Britain, the quality of life is probably one of the highest.（天津）
A. since B. when C. as D. while
6.His plan was such a good one ______ we all agreed to accept it.（陕西）
A. as B. that C. so D. after which
7.If you are traveling the customs are really foreign to your own, please do as the Romans do.（天津）
A. in which B. what C. when D. where
8.He was about halfway through his meal a familiar voice came to his ears.（辽宁）
A.why B.where C.when D.while
9.-Mom,what did your doctor say?
-He advised me to live _____ the air is fresher.（四川）
A.in where B.in which C.the place where D.where
10.This is a very interesting book. I’ll buy it, _______.（陕西）
A. no matter how it may cost B. how may it cost
C. how much may it cost D. however much it may cost
比较等级
1.I wish you’d do ________ talking and some more work. Thus things will become better.（2006江苏高考）
A. a bit less B. any less C. much more D. a little more
2. Of the two sisters, Betty is one, and she is also the one who loves to be quiet．（2006年安徽高考）
A．a younger B．a youngest
C．the younger D．the youngest
3.-Did you enjoy yourself at the party?
-Yes.I’ve never been to ____ one before.（四川）
A.a more excited B.the most excited C.a more exciting D.the most exciting
4. I used to earn _______ than a pound a week when I first started work.（陕西）
A. less B. fewer C. a few D. little
短语或动词
1、--- Are you going to have a holiday this year?（2006年江苏高考）
--- I’d love to. I can’t wait to leave this place _______.
A. off B. out C. behind D. over
2、Fred, who had expected how it would go with his daughter, had a great worry _____ his mind.（湖南）
A. on B. in C. with D. at
3、_____ achievement, last week’s ministerial meeting of the WTO here earned a low, though not failing, grade.（湖南）
A. In terms of B. In case of C. As a result of D. In face of
4、Most of us know we should cut down on fat, but knowing such things isn’t much help when it ____ shopping and eating.（天津）
A. refers to B. speaks of C. focuses on D. comes to
5、The computer system _____ suddenly while he was searching for information on the Internet.（辽宁）
A.broke down B.broke out C.broke up D.broke in
6、People have always been curious ____ how living things on the earth exactly began.(辽宁)
A.in B.at C.of D.about
7、Look at the timetable.Hurry up! Flight 4026_______ off at 18:20.（四川）
A.takes B.took C.will be taken D.has taken
8、-The boss said we had only three days to finish the work.
-Don’t worry.We have already ____ two thirds of it.（四川）
A.got down B.got through C.given in D.given away
9、Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts. The plane________.（福建）
A. takes off B. is taking off C. has taken off
10、She______Japanese when she was in Japan. Now she can speak it freely.（福建）
A. picked out B. made out C. made up D. picked up
11、My sister was against my suggestion while my brother was _______ it.（陕西）
A. in honor of B. in memory of C. in favor of D. in search of
12、With no one to _____in such a frightening situation, she felt very helpless.（陕西）
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn over D. turn to
13、We’re trying to ring you back, Bryan, but we think we ________ your number incorrectly.（浙江）
A. looked up B. took down C. worked out D. brought about
14、Letterboxes are much more _______ in the UK than in the US, where most people have a mailbox instead.（浙江）
A. common B. normal C. ordinary D. usual
15、I would like a job which pays more, but ________ I enjoy the work I’m doing at the moment.（浙江）
A. in other words B. on the other hand C. for one thing D. as a matter of fact
16、We always keep ________ spare paper, in case we ran out.（浙江）
A. too much B. a number of C. plenty of D. a good many
17、It's already 10 o'clock I wonder how it _______ that she was two hours late on such a short trip.（湖南）
A. came over B. came out C: came about D. came up
18、The building around the comer caught fire last night. The police are now _____the matter.(湖北)
A. getting through B. working out C. looking into D. watching over
19、As I grew up in a small town at the foot of a mountain, the visit to the village ______scenes of my childhood.（湖北）
A. called up B. called for C. called on D. called in
20、Although the wind has ______, the rain remains steady, so you still need a raincoat.（湖北）
A. turned up B. gone back C. died down D. blown out
21、Someone who lacks staying power and perseverance is unlikely to ___ a good researcher.（山东）
A. make B. turn C. get D. grow
22、After he retired from office, Rogers ____ painting for a while, but soon lost interest.
A. took up B. saved up C. kept up D. drew up（山东）
23. A clean environment can help the city bid for the Olympics, which ____ will promote its economic development.（山东）
A. in nature B. in return C. in turn D. in fact
24、I was still sleeping when the fire ______ , and then it spread quickly.（广东）
A. broke out B. put out C. came out D. got out
25、The traffic lights ______ green and I pulled away.（广东）
A. came B. grew C. got D. went
介词
1.This new model of car is so expensive that it is _______ the reach of those with average income.（2006年江苏）
A. over B. within C. beyond D. below
2.It’s quite me why such things have been allowed to happen.（2006安徽高考）
A．for B．behind
C．against D．beyond
-Can he take charge of the computer company?
3. -I’m afraid it’s _____ his ability.（四川）
A.beyond B.within C.of C.to
4.Sorry, Madam. You’d better come tomorrow because it’s______the visiting hours.（福建）
A. during B. at C. beyond D. before
情态动词
1、--- I think I’ll give Bob a ring.
--- You _______. You haven’t been in touch with him for ages.（2006江苏）
A. will B. may C. have to D. should
2、Some aspects of a pilot’s job _____ be boring, and pilots often _____ work at inconvenient hours.（湖南）
A. can; have to B. may; can C. have to; may D. ought to; must
3、We ____ have proved great adventurers, but we have done the greatest march ever made in the past ten years.（天津）
A. needn’t B. may not C. shouldn’t D. mustn’t
4、-Is Jack on duty today?
-It ____ be him.It’s his turn tomorrow.（四川）
A.mustn’t B.won’t C.can’t D.needn’t
5、.If it were not for the fact that she_______sing, I would invite her to the party.（福建）
A. couldn’t B. shouldn’t C. can’t D. might not
6、As you worked late yesterday, you ______ have come this morning.（陕西）
A. needn’t B. mayn’t C. can’t D. mustn’t
7、There's no light on - they______ be at home.（全国I）
A. can't B. mustn't C. needn't D. shouldn't
8、–May I smoke here ?
- If you ____, choose a seat in the smoking section.（山东）
A. should B.could C. may D. must
9、Must he come to sign this paper himself?
-- Yes, he _______ ( 广东 )
A. need B. must C. may D. will
代词
1、You may drop in or just give me a call. ______ will do．（2006年安徽高考）
A．Either B．Each C．Neither D．All
2、We had a picnic last term and it was a lot of fun, so let’s have ____ one this month.（天津）
A. the other B. some C. another D. other
3、I hear _____ boys in your school like playing football in their spare time, though others prefer basketball.（辽宁）
A.quite a lot B.quite a few C.quite a bit D.quite a little
4.Of all the books on the desk, ____ is of any use for our study.（四川）
A.nothing B.no one C.neither D.none
5、---Who called me this morning when I was not?
----A man calling______Robert.（福建）
A. his B .himself C his D.不填
6、If you can’t decide which of the two books to borrow, why don’t you take ______? I won’t read them this week.（浙江）
A. all B. any C. either D. both
7、 ____ team wins on Saturday will go through to the national championships.（山东）
A. No matter what B. No matter which C Whatever D. whichever
非谓语动词
1.Whenever he was asked why he was late for class, he would answer carelessly, always ______the same thing.（2006年江苏高考）
A. saying B. said C. to say D. having said
2.--- There is a story here in the paper about a 110-year-old man.（2006年江苏高考）
--- My goodness! I can’t imagine _________ that old.
A. to be B. to have been C. being D. having been
3.My cousin came to see me from the country, me a full basket of fresh fruits．(2006年安徽高考)
A．brought B．bringing
C．to bring D．had brought
4.Mr. Green stood up in defence of the 16-year-old boy, saying that he was not the one ．(2006年安徽高考)
A．blamed B．blaming C．to blame D. to be blamed
5.The wild flowers looked like a soft orange blanket _____ the desert.（2006年湖南高考）
A. covering B. covered C. cover D. to cover
6.If you think that treating a woman well means always ______ her permission for things, think again.（湖南）
A. gets B. got C. to get D. getting
7.As the twentieth century came to a close, the raw materials for a great national literature were at hand, waiting _____.（湖南）
A. to use B. to be used C. to have used D. to be using
8.To a room above the store, where a party ______, some workers were busily setting the table. （湖南）
A. was to be held B. has been held C. will be held D. is being held
9.Don’t respond to any e-mails personal information, no matter how official they look.（天津）
A. searching B. asking C. requesting D. questioning
10.I was told that there were about 50 foreign students _____ Chinese in the school, most were from Germany.（辽宁）
A.study; of whom B.study; of them
C.studying; of them D.studying; of whom
11.The Chinese are proud of the 29th Olympic Games ______ in Beijing in 2008.（四川）
A.hold B.holding C.held D.to be held
12._____with so much trouble,we failed to complete the task on time.（四川）
A.Faced B.Face C.Facing D.To face
13._______for the breakdown of the school computer network, Alice was in low spirits.（福建）
A. Blaming B. Blamed C. To blame D. To be blamed
14.It is difficult to imagine his _______ the decision without any consideration.（陕西）
A. to accept B. accept C. accepting D. accepted
15.Faced with a bill for $10,000, _______.（陕西）
A. an extra job has been given to John B. the boss has given John an extra job
C. an extra job has been taken D. John has taken an extra job
16.He hurried to the booking office only _____ that all the tickets has been sold out.（陕西）
A. to be told B. to tell C. told D. telling
17.When ______ different cultures, we often pay attention only to the differences without noticing the many similarities.（浙江）
A. compared B. being compared C. comparing D. having compared
18.AIDS is said ______ the biggest health challenge to both men and women in that area over the past few years.（湖北）
A. that it is B. to be C. that it has been D. to have been
19.Don't sit there ________ nothing. Come and help me with this table.（湖北）
A. do B. to do C. doing D. and doing
20.Police are now searching for a woman who is reported to ____ since the flood hit the area last Friday.（山东）
A. have been missing B. have got lost C. be missing D. get lost
21. _______ this cake, you'll need 2 eggs, 175 g sugar and 175 g flour.（广东）
A. Having made B. Make C. To make D. Making
22.No matter how frequently ________ , the works of Beethoven still attract people all over the world.（广东）
A. performed B. performing C. to be performed D. being performed
连词
1.Start out right away, ______ you’ll miss the first train.（四川） A.and B.but C.or D.while
2.-Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting? -He rushed out of the room _____ I could say a word.（四川） A.before B.until C.when D.after
3.---How long do you think it will be______China sends a manned spaceship to the moon?
----Perhaps two or three years.(福建)
A. when B. until C. that D. before
4.The moment the 28th Olympic Cames_______open, the whole world cheered.（福建）
A. declared B. have been declared C. have declared D. were declared
5.We don’t keep winning games _______ we keep playing well.（浙江）
A. because B. unless C. when D. while
6.Progress so far has been very good. _______, we are sure that the project will be completed on time.（浙江）
A. However B. Otherwise C. Therefore D. Besides
7.I'm certain David's told you his business troubles. ______, it's no secret that he owes a lot of money to the bank.（湖北）
A. However B. Anyway C. Therefore D. Though
8.______he has limited technical knowledge, the old worker has a lot of experience.（全国I）
A. Since B. Unless C. As D. Although
9. Engines are to machines ____ hearts are to animals.(山东)
A. as B. that C. what D. which
10.How can you expect to learn anything ____ you never listen?（山东）
A. in case B. even if C. unless D. when
11."You can't have this football back _____ you promise not to kick it at my cat again," the
old man said firmly.（广东）
A. because B. since C. when D. until
12.Much of the power of the trade unions has been lost ____ , their political influence should be very great.（广东）
A. As a result B. As usual C. Even so D. So far
13、Jenny was very sad over the loss of the photos she had shot at Canada, ____ this was a memory she especially treasured.（广东）
A. as B. if C. when D. where
现在完成时
1.Although medical science __________ control over several dangerous diseases, what worries us is that some of them are returning.（2006江苏高考）
A. achieved B. has achieved C. will achieve D. had achieve
2.The construction of the two new railway lines _______by now.（陕西）
A. has been completed B. have been completed
C. has completed D. have completed
3.I won't tell the student the answer to the math problem until he ____on it for more than an hour.（湖北）
A. has been working B. will have worked
C. will have been working D. had worked
4.Eliza remembers everything exactly as if ______ yesterday.（全国I）
A. was happening B. happens C. has happened D. happened
5.The water ______ cool when I joined into the pool for morning exercise.（全国I ）
A. was felt B. is felt C. felt D. feels
6.The house belongs to my aunt but she______ here any more.（全国I）
A. hasn't lived B. didn't live C. hadn't lived D. doesn't live
7.. We______the last bus and didn't have any money for taxi, so we had to walk home.（全国I）
A. reached B. lost C. missed D. caught
8.Mary, ______ here - everybody else, stay where you are.（全国I）
A. come B. comes C. to come D. coming
2007年各地高考单项选择专项归类和答案
it用法: 答案：DDCB
倒装句答案：BBAAC ABB
冠词答案：CDDABB
名词性从句答案：ABCAD ABDB
主谓一致答案：ABD
被动语态答案：BDA
定语从句答案：CDCBD DDBDA
交际语答案：DDDBD BDBAA DAAAA AD
强调句答案： AD
状语从句答案：CDBBD BDCDD
比较等级答案：ACCA
短语动词答案：CAADB DABBD CDBAB CCCAC AACD
介词答案：CDAC
情态动词答案：DABCC AADB
代词答案：AABDB DD
非谓语动词答案：ACBCA DBACD DABCD ACDCA CA
连词答案：CADDB CBDCD DCA
现在完成时答案：BAADC DCA
?2007年高考英语试题(北京卷)
第Ⅰ卷（选择题? 共115分）第一部分：听力理解（共两节，30分）第一节（共5小题：每小题1. 5分，共7. 5分）?听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一道小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你将有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话你将听一遍。例：What is the man going to read????? A. A newspaper. ???? B. A magazine. ???? C. A book??? 答案是A. 1. What size does the woman want?? A. Size 8.?? B. Size 10.?? C. Size 12. 2. Where does the conversation take place?? A. In a post office. ? B. In a hotel. ? C. In a bank. 3. Why is the man going to New York?? A. To live there. ? B. To visit a friend. ? C. To have a vacation. 4. What are they going to do?? A. Play tennis. ? B. Go swimming? C. Do some cleaning. 5. What is the man doing?? A. Making an announcement. ? B. Making an appointment. ? C. Making an invitation. 第二节（共15小题：每小题1. 5分，共22. 5分）??? 听下面6段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几道小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有5秒钟的时间阅读每小题。听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的做答时间。每段对话或独白你将听两遍。听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。6．Who is this announcement for??? A. People on a train. ?? B. People on a plane. ?? C. People in a restaurant. 7. What time of the day is it??? A. Morning. ?? B. Noon. ?? C. Evening. 听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。8. Where are the speakers?? A. At a Lost and Found. ? B. At a bus stop. ? C. In a shop. 9. Which of the following is the woman’s coat?????? A.??????????????? B.??????????????? C. 听第8段材料，回答第10至11题。10. What are the speakers doing?? A. Watching a movie. ? B. Having dinner. ? C. Making soup. 11. What makes the man unhappy?? A. The woman doesn’t cook very well. ? B. The woman seldom talks to him at dinner. ? C. The woman watchers too many commercials. 听第9段材料，回答第12至14题。?12. What does the man dislike about his job??? A. Working in a hotel. ?? B. Working in summer. ?? C. Traveling all the time. ?13. Why doesn’t he want to take the news job/?? A. He doesn’t get a good pay. ?? B. He dislikes working in a seaside town. ?? C. He hates playing the same piece again and again. 14. What does the woman think of the job the man was offered??? A. Boring. ?? B. Well-paid. ?? C. Tough. 听第10段材料，回答第15至17题。15. What are they discussing??? A. What to have for lunch. ?? B. Where to go for lunch. ?? C. When to have lunch. 16. What can we learn about the man??? A. He usually doesn’t eat fast food. ?? B. He often eats in a restaurant near his home. ?? C. ?He can’t afford an expensive lunch that day. 17. Where are they probably going right after this conversation??? A. A supermarket. ?? B. A Fast-food place. ?? C. A French restaurant. 听第11段材料，回答第18至20题。18. Why didn’t the woman go to the man’s birthday party??? A. She forgot all about it. ?? B. She didn’t like the man. ?? C. She didn’t know about it. 19. Who is the woman??? A. The man’s friend. ?? B. The man’s mother. ?? C. The man’s sectary. 20. What does the woman want to do for the man’s birthday??? A. Buy him a nice present. ?? B. Have lunch with him. ?? C. Send him an email.
2006年普通高等学校生全国统一考试（天津）英? 语第Ⅲ卷注意事项：1.?答第Ⅲ卷前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考号填写在答题卡上，并在规定位置粘贴考试用条形码。2.?做题时，先将答案划在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。3.?转涂答案时，用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。4.?本卷共20小题，共30分。第四部分：听力第一节（共5小题；第小题1.5分，满分7.5分）?听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你将有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。例：How much is the shirt?A. $19.15??????????????? ?B. $9.15???????????????? ?C. $9.18答案是B。67. Where does the conversation most probably take place?A.?In a school.B.?In a library.C.?In a hospital.68. What did the woman think of the lecture?A.?It was populat.B.?It was boring.C.?It was interesting.69. How is the girl going to spend the weekend?A.?Doing her homework.B.?Preparing for the competition.C.?Boating in the Water Park.70. Where does the woman most probably work?A.?In a music store.B.?In a computer lab.C.?In a school library.71. Why didn’t the man go to the exhibition?A.?The ticket was too expensive.B.?Buying tickets took time.C.?Da Vinci was not his favrite.第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）?听下面5段材料。每段材料后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段材料前，你将有时间阅读每个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段材料读两遍。听第6段对话，回答第72和第73小题。72. What do we learn about Bill?A.?He just got out of trouble.B.?He did something right.C.?He enjoyed what he had done.73. What kind of film does the woman prefer?A.?Something exciting.B.?Something educational.C.?Something relaxing.听第7段对话，回答第74至76小题。74. What are the two speakers talking about?A.?Their future study.B.?The graduation party.C.?College entrance exam.75. In what field is the boy most likely to work in the future?A.?Medicine.B.?Computing.C.?Banking.76. What do we learn about the girl?A.?Her uncle has a company.B.?She dreams of becoming a doctor.C.?She wants to live in Hong Kong.听第8段对话，回答77至79小题。77. What are the two speakers talking about?A.?Cultures of Australia and New Zealand.B.?A plan to travel to Australia and New Zealand.C.?Similarities and differences between two countries.78. What are the people of the two countries like?A.?They are crazy about sports.B.?They like drinking and talking.C.?They are interested in shopping.79. Which of the following is TRUE?A.?New Zealand has a warmer climate.B.?Australian beaches are slightly better.C.?Both countries are attractive to travelers.听第9段对话，回答第80至82小题。80. What does the boy do at the gym every week?A.?Swim three times.B.?Take a part-time job.C.?Play ping-pong sometimes.81. Why doesn’t the girl go to the gym?A.?She doesn’t like doing exercise.B.?Study has been her first concern.C.?The gym schedule is too tight for her.82. What is the girl probably going to do?A.?Do some sport.B.?Mcet her teacher.C.?Study even harder.听第10段对话，回答第83至第86小题。83. Why is Fred invited to the program?A.?To advertise his driving school.B.?To talk about learning to drive.C.?To share his driving experiences.84. How do fred’s customers know about him?A.?Through friends.B.?Through newspapers.C.?Through the program.85. Why does Fred have so many customers now?A.?He works harder.B.?He is warm-hearted.C.?He offers lower prices.86. What does Fred do first in training beginners?A.?He calms them down.B.?He talks to them.C.?He sits beside them.
2007年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(广东卷)???????????????????????????????????????? 英??? 语本试卷六大题，共16页，满分150分。考试用时120分钟。注意事项：l.答卷前，考生务必用黑色字迹的钢笔或签字笔将自己的姓名和考生号填写在答??? 题卡上.用2B铅笔将答题卡试卷类型(B)涂黑。在答题右上角的"试室号"栏填写本科目试室号，在"座位号"列表内填写座位号，并用2B铅笔将相应的信息点涂黑。不按要求填涂的，答卷无效.??? 2.选择题每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题日的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案，答案不能答在试卷上.3．非选择题必须用黑色字迹钢笔或签字笔作答，答案必须写在答题卡各题目指定区域内相应位置上；如需改动，先划掉原来的答案，然后再写上新的答案；不准使用铅笔和涂改液.不按以上要求作答的答案无效。4．考生必须保持答题卡的整洁，考试结束后，将试卷和答题卡一并交回.Ⅰ. 听力(共两节，满分30分)　　做题时，先将答案划在试卷亡。录音结束后．你将有两分钟的时间将试卷L的答案转涂到答题卡上.
第一节：听独白或对话(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)　　听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。听第1段对话，回答第1-3题。1. Where does Jane ask Tom to meet her at first? 2. When and where do they agree to meet finally? 3. What does Jane have to do before going out to meet Tom??听第2段对话，回答第4-6题。4. According to Peter, what is the problem with the building???? A. The air-conditioning is too strong.??? B. The air-conditioning is out of order.??? C. The air-conditioning stops working sometimes.5. Why did Peter miss the breakfast yesterday morning???? A. He overslept.??? B. He couldn't fall asleep the night before.??? C. He talked with his roommates late into the night.6. How many students will be staying in this room???? A. Two.??? B. Three.??? C. Four.听第3段对话，回答第7-9题。7. Which subject (s) does David find particularly difficult???? A. Math.??? B. English.??? C. The sciences.8. What does David do to help his uncle with the cows???? A. He milks the cows on Sundays and cleans the cowshed sometimes.??? B. He drives the tractor on Sundays and does the milking sometimes.??? C. He cleans the cowshed on Sundays and drives the tractor sometimes.9. What is David going to do now???? A. He is going to work on his own farm.??? B. He is preparing to attend an agricultural college.C. He is going to study hard to pass the exams.听第4段对话，回答第10-12题。? 10. What is the probable relation between the man and woman????? A. A research student and a stranger.???? B. A social worker and a businessman.???? C. A businessman and a research student.11. What made the woman begin to smoke at the age of 17????? A. Her boyfriend offered her a cigarette.???? B. She often went to parties with her friends.???? C. She wanted to follow her friends’example.12. What was the result of the woman's first attempt to stop smoking????? A. She stopped smoking for a while.???? B. She managed to give up smoking completely.???? C. She began to smoke fewer cigarettes than before.听第5段对话，回答第13-15题。13. What do the students come to the school for???? A. Visiting the school.??? B. Attending summer courses.??? C. A sightseeing tour of the area.14. How long has the school been open???? A. Twenty years.??? B. Five years.??? C. Twenty-five years.15. What could the students do in the study center if they were out late the night before???? A. Talk to the teachers.??? B. Use the equipment.??? C. Do the homework. 第二节：听取信息(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)　　听下面1段对话。请根据题目要求，从所听到的内容中获取必要的信息，填入答题卡标号为16—20的空格中。听录音前，你将有10秒钟的阅题时间，录音读两遍。你有80秒钟的作答时间。??
Caller information
Name of caller
John Smith
Where to go
London
When to go
(16)
What to do there
(17)
How long to stay
A week or so
?
Ticket information
Class
Airline
Price
When to leave
When to arrive
Economy
(18)
RMB 5600
7:40 a.m.
In the morning
Pacific Airline
(19)
11:40 a.m.
(20)

2007最新阅读理解专项训练
1
Liu Xiang Will Resume Training （刘翔即将恢复训练）
难度：＊＊＊＊ 　词数：244 标准时间：5分钟 　完成时间：______　　正确数：______
Athens Olympic 110m hurdle champion Liu Xiang felt so relieved to return to racetrack after getting out of the great number of social activities.
Liu arrived in hometown Shanghai Wednesday night and was about to resume① training shortly after.
“I am so exhausted② from so many social activities, which made me even more tired than training,” said the 21-year-old Liu, who wrote a new chapter in China’s Olympic history by winning the country’s first ever athletics short-distance running title in the men’s 110m hurdles in Athens in August.
“I am happy that I will resume my training soon back in Shanghai,” said the Shanghai native. He turned into an instant national hero with the Olympic glory③ and one of the most popular Olympic gold medalists, taking part in scores of celebration activities since he returned to China early September.
“My regular training has been interrupted for such a long time that I think I can only run at about 13.5 seconds now,” said Liu, who clocked a world record-tying time of 12.91 to clinch the title.
“I would rather forget what I have achieved in the past and try my best to realize a higher goal,” he said.
Liu already missed the Berlin Golden League Series on Sunday and won’t be able to catch the IAAF Grand Prix final slated for September 18-19 in Monaco.
He plans on attending an IAAF all-star tournament in Japan at the end of this month.
Notes:① resume v. 恢复② exhausted adj. 疲惫的③ glory n. 荣誉，光荣
( ) 1. This passage mainly talks about ________.
A. victory of Liu Xiang B. Liu Xiang’s resumption to the racetrack
C. dream of Liu Xiang D. Liu Xiang’s high aim
( ) 2. From the passage we can see ________.
A. Liu Xiang is content to go back to training
B. Liu Xiang will win Golden League Series on Sunday
C. Liu Xiang wasn’t good at social activities
D. Liu Xiang was refreshed after so many social activities
( ) 3. The underlined word “relieved” means ________.
A. sad B. glad C. worried D. disappointed
( ) 4. Which of the following is NOT wrong?
A. Liu Xiang has had a quiet life for as long as half a month.
B. Liu Xiang has missed two races because of his social activities.
C. Liu Xiang has made up his mind to stop his social activities.
D. Liu Xiang has deserted his present career.
2
The Uniqueness of Finger-prints （指纹的唯一性）
Every human being has a unique① arrangement of the skin on his fingers and this arrangement is unchangeable. Scientists and experts have proved the uniqueness of finger-prints and discovered that no exactly similar pattern is passed on from parents to children, though nobody knows why this is the case.
The ridge structure on a person’s fingers does not change with growth and is not affected by surface injuries. Burns, cuts and other damage to the outer part of the skin will be replaced in time by new one, which bears a reproduction of the original② pattern. It is only when the inner skin is injured that the arrangement will be destroyed. Some criminals make use of this fact to remove their own finger-prints but this is a dangerous and rare step to take.
Finger-prints can be made very easily with printer’s ink. They can by recorded easily. With special methods, identification③ can be achieved successfully within a short time. Because of the simplicity and economy of this system, finger-prints have often been used as a method of solving criminal case. A suspected man may deny a charge but this may be in vain. His finger-prints can prove who he is even if his appearance has been changed by age or accident.
When a suspect leaves finger-prints behind at the scene of a crime, they are difficult to detect with the naked eye. Special techniques are used to “develop” them. Some of the marks found are incomplete but identification is possible if a print of a quarter of an inch square can be obtained.
Notes:
unique adj. 唯一的，独特的 original adj. 最初的，原始的 identification n. 辩认，鉴定
( ) 1. Scientists and experts have proved that the pattern of a human being’s finger skin ________.
A. is similar to his mother’s B. is valuable to himself only
C. is like that of others with the same type of blood
D. is different from that of all others
( ) 2. If your fingers are wounded by knife, fire or other means, the structure of skin will ________.
A. be changed partly B. be replaced by a different one
C. be the same when the wound is recovered D. become ugly
( ) 3. Some criminals remove their own finger-prints by ________.
A. using printer’s ink B. injuring the inner skin
C. damaging the outer skin D. damaging the colour
( ) 4. Finger-prints have often been used as a method of solving criminal case because it ________.
A. is complicated but reliable B. is simple and not expensive
C. is expensive but easy to do D. can bring a lot of money
3
Big Explosions in Dahab （宰海卜大爆炸）
CAIRO, Egypt (Reuters) April 24, 2006—Three explosions shook the Egyptian Sinai resort of Dahab on Monday, killing 23 people and wounding dozens of others, rescue and security officials said.
Witnesses said smoke billowed① up from the town’s tourist bazaar, and residents said they saw body parts and debris② on the street after an explosion at a restaurant.
People in the small beach and diving resort, which is popular with backpackers, described scenes of carnage③ and chaos④.
A cafe worker who was about 200 meters (yards) from the scene said: “We saw many dead people. People were screaming. People were being taken to hospital. Egyptians went to give blood. There were body parts. There’s police everywhere.”
“There are ambulances and cars taking people to hospital,” said another resident, who also did not want to be named.
The explosions took place at the Nelson Restaurant, the Aladdin Cafeteria and the Ghazala Supermarket, the Interior Ministry said.
The explosions took place in quick succession at about 7.15 p.m. (1715 GMT). “There is smoke coming from the area and there are people running everywhere,” said one witness, who heard the blasts.
An official with the local ambulance service said many of the dead appeared to be foreigners.
Israeli divers often stay in the resort but with the Passover holiday over it is unlikely many were there. The Israeli ambassador in Cairo and Israeli authorities said they did not know of any Israeli casualties⑤.
One visitor said police were stopping cars and buses leaving the resort and had imposed restrictions on movements in and out of backpacker camps in the area.
It was the third set of three explosions on the eastern coast of the Sinai peninsula since October 2004, when a group attacked the Hilton hotel in the border resort of Taba and two other resorts on the northeast coast, killing 34 people.
Notes: billow v. 翻腾 ② debris n. 残骸 ③ carnage n. 残杀，流血
④ chaos n. 混乱 ⑤ casualty n. （人员）伤亡
( ) 1. What’s the result of the explosions in Dahab?
A. 34 people were killed. B. There were many Israeli casualties.
C. 23 people were killed and dozens of others were injured.
D. Many houses were burned to the ground.
( ) 2. How many places did the explosions take place in?
A. Two B. Three C. Six D. Eight
( ) 3. What does the underlined word “resort” mean?
A. popular holiday centre B. hotel or guest-house for holidaymakers
C. visiting some place D. Making use of something for help
( ) 4. Which of the following statements is right?
A. Many of the dead appeared to be residents.
B. The first set of three explosions took place in October 2004.
C. Police couldn’t know what to do.
D. Israeli divers stayed in the resort with the Passover holiday over.
4
Reports on Bird Flu （有关禽流感的报道）
BEIJING, Nov. 25, 2005（Reuters）— China’s home-grown human bird flu vaccine① is at least a year away from hitting the market but tests on humans have been approved by the government, head of the research drug company said on Friday.
Development of the vaccine started last year after bird flu outbreaks in Thailand and Vietnam and animal trials have already been completed, said Yin Wei-dong, managing director of Sinovac Biotech.
“It is not a virus that is spreading from human to human，so we are very optimistic②,” Yin told Reuters in an interview.
The deadly H5N1 made its first known jump to humans in Hong Kong in 1997, killing six people. The virus appeared again in late 2003 and is known to have infected 130 people in several parts of Asia, killing 68 of them.
“It is not decided yet when the human trials will begin. We just got approval on November 22 by the State Food and Drug Administration,” Yin said.
Oregon, Nov. 26, 2005（AP）— The deadly strain of bird flu that appeared in Asia and has already spread to other parts of the world has not affected the Oregon poultry③ industry or consumers, according to Oregon State University researchers.
There are many strains of bird flu that do not usually infect humans. But one strain, called H5N1, has jumped from chickens to humans and is blamed for more than 60 deaths in Asia.
International disease control experts are worried about a worldwide outbreak of bird flu, raising concerns such as whether it is safe to eat poultry.
But Oregon State University researchers say there is no proof that the virus can jump to humans by eating cooked poultry products.
“Consumers needn’t be overly concerned about bird flu,” said Jim Hermes, OSU Extension Service poultry specialist. But he urged consumers to follow standard food safety practices in preparing poultry — including washing hands while preparing food, and proper cooking of poultry meat and eggs.
He noted that a 2003 outbreak of bird virus caused much damage to commercial poultry operations in California but did not get into Oregon because of industry safeguards.
Notes: vaccine n. 疫苗 optimistic adj. 乐观的 poultry n. 家禽
( ) 1. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the first news report?
A. Human trials have already started but not yet successful.
B. Bird flu killed 68 Asian people in its second outbreak.
C. The bird flu virus is not one that spreads from human to human.
D. The government has agreed to have the vaccine tried on humans.
( ) 2. What does the first news report mainly talk about?
A. The new outbreak of the bird flu. B. How the development of the bird flu vaccine is going on.
C. How many people died of bird flu.
D. What measures the government has taken to stop the spreading of bird flu.
( ) 3. What does the underlined word “strains” probably mean?
A. signs. B. symbols. C. kinds. D. diseases.
( ) 4. What can we know from the second news report?
A. Because of the safety guards, Oregon poultry industry didn’t suffer any loss in the 2003 outbreak of bird flu. B. People in Oregon are not concerned about bird flu.
C. People will develop bird flu even if they eat well-cooked poultry products.
D. H5N1 has caused more than 60 deaths worldwide.
5
Yao Ming, the Top Votegetter in Fan Balloting （姚明在球迷投票中获最高票数）
Yao Ming edged Kobe Bryant as the top votegetter in fan balloting① for the 55th NBA All-Star game Thursday, and Shaquille O’Neal became the fifth player in league history to earn 13 consecutive② selections for the midseason showcase.
Yao and Tracy McGrady give the host Houston Rockets two starters in the Feb.19 game. They were joined on the Western Conference squad by Bryant, San Antonio’s Tim Duncan and reigning MVP Steve Nash of Phoenix — who will be a first-time All-Star starter.
?Yao edged Bryant by 71,107 votes for the top overall spot in the balloting, despite missing 21 games following surgery to clean out an infection③ in his left big toe. It’s the fourth All-Star trip for the 7-foot-6 center from China and the eighth for Bryant, who leads the NBA in scoring and had an 81-point effort — the second-biggest night in NBA history — last month in the Los Angeles Lakers’ win over Toronto.
Yao finished with 2,342,738 votes; Bryant had 2,271,631 in the closest finish among the top two players in All-Star balloting since Vince Carter, then of Toronto, edged Miami’s Alonzo Mourning by 33,385 votes in 2000.Notes: ballot vi. 投票 consecutive adj. 连续的 infection n. 传染，感染
( ) 1. Yao Ming’s got ______ Kobe Bryant in fan balloting for the 55th NBA All-Star game Thursday.
A. the same votes as?????? B. more votes than? C. less votes than????????? D. no more than?( ) 2. Yao Ming and _______ belong to the Houston Rockets.
A. Kobe Bryant??????????????? B. Tracy McGrady C.?Shaquille O’Neal?????????? D. Steve Nash( ) 3. Which of the following is not wrong according to this passage?
A. Yao Ming edged Kobe Bryant as the top votegetter in fan balloting for the 54th NBA All-Star game. B. Yao edged Tracy McGrady by 71,107 votes for the top overall spot in the balloting.
C. It’s the fourth All-Star trip for Yao Ming from China.
D. Yao finished with 2,271,631 votes; Bryant had2,342,738? in the closest finish among the top two players in All-Star balloting.
6
Kung Fu Hustle Creates the Top-grossing（《功夫》创造最高票房收入）
It’s no surprise why Kung Fu Hustle is the top-grossing① homegrown movie in Hong Kong. Hustle’s approach to a simple good-against-evil plot is extremely cheerful.
Humor bordering on slapstick combined with exciting choreography② by Yuen Wo Ping, who masterminded③ the fight scenes in Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon and The Matrix, make Kung Fu Hustle a lively, visual treat.
There is plenty of violence, but it’s largely cartoonish. Stephen Chow wrote, directed, produced and stars in this non-stop action movie, which is in Cantonese with English subtitles④.
Chow plays Sing, an eager young man who longs to be a member of the powerful and cruel Axe Gang. When gang members appear on the scene, sometimes dancing with their frightening axes in hand, the sky breaks out with fireworks. The sets are shocking, with classic cars lining the neon-lighted streets and gambling casinos⑤ serving as the backdrop to the underworld activities. All these give off the sensation of Old West shootouts.
One neighborhood is blessedly away from the disorder. Pig Sty Alley is so poverty-stricken it holds no interest for the Axe Gang. Then in wanders the unlucky Sing, who attempts to get money there. But folks are not what they seem: The town is full of kung fu masters.
Sing tries to single out someone he can fight, but it seems as if everyone, elderly and very young alike, has a body like Charles Atlas. During the time, Sing calls upon the Axe Gang, which faces off against the people of Pig Sty Alley, led by the town’ s landlords, the powerful lady in curlers and her husband. Fans of kung fu movies will have a rip-roaring time, but even moviegoers are sure to enjoy spirited action of Kung Fu Hustle.
Notes: top-grossing adj. 票房收入最高的 choreography n. 舞蹈术
mastermind vt. 策划 subtitle n. 说明对白的字幕 gambling casino 赌博场
( ) 1. Which of the following characters does the passage mainly describe?
A. Stephen Chow B. Yuen Wo Ping C. Sing D. Charles Atlas
( ) 2. Kung Fu Hustle becomes the top-grossing homegrown movie in Hong Kong because _______.
A. it is full of humor and exciting action B. it is full of cartoonish characters
B. it is mainly made up of dance D. it is a non-stop action movie
( ) 3. Which of the following about the Axe Gang is TRUE?
A. The Axe Gang is popular with fans of kung fu movies.
B. The Axe Gang is always easy do good things. C. The Axe Gang doesn’t know how to use guns.
D. The Axe Gang often fights against its enemy using the axes.
( ) 4. In which part are you likely to find it if the passage appears in the web site?
A. Entertainment. B. Travel. C. News. D. Books.
7
Bill Gates （比尔·盖茨）
Microsoft founder Bill Gates said that he planned to give away almost all of his vast① fortune, largely to the cause of global health, during the course of his lifetime. With an estimated② worth of more than $ 40 billion, according to Forbes, the project will be no small feat③ for Gates. Having already provided the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation with $ 24 billion to address global health issues, Gates said that eventually his entire fortune will be put towards the cause except “a few percent left for the kids.”
So what has made the richest man in the world to channel his resources so heavily into one interest? Gates believes that “the equality of opportunity” in which Americans take such pride needs to extend to other nations around the world. Improving the health of the populations, he says, has proven to be an essential method in helping poor countries to be financially④ successful. “National borders allow inequalities,” said Gates, “We all need to take a more global view, rather than just saying my country is doing well. We have to step up these health issues, knowing how few resources are going into them.”
Gates said that both his parents set good examples to him as a child. His father, William H. Gates, was the head of the local Planned Parenthood, and his mother, Mary, volunteered for the United Way. As he gathered his fortune, Gates knew he would eventually want to give back as well, but he didn’t expect to devote himself whole-heartedly to one project until he was about 60.
However, Gates, 47, began to question his ability to wait that long. “It seemed there was a real time urgency,” Gates said, “I started to think, how many lives could I save before then?”
Notes: vast adj. 巨额的 estimate v. 估计，估价 feat n. 功绩，壮举
financially adv. 财政上，金融上
( ) 1. Why will Bill Gates give away his vast fortune?
A. to improve the health of population in America alone
B. to improve the health of population all over the world
C. to avoid leaving his children too much money
D. to spare the American government the burden of health care
( ) 2. According to the passage, which of the following is right?
A. Americans should care about people in other countries
B. Americans should treat fellow citizens well
C. Americans should devote themselves to certain projects
D. Americans can be world-famous by giving away vast fortune
( ) 3. Bill Gates gave away his vast fortune earlier than he had expected because of __.
A. his weakening health condition B. his parents’ suggestions
C. his great success in business D. his concerns for suffering people
( ) 4. According to the passage, which word can be used to describe Bill Gates?
A. brave B. kind-hearted C. strong-minded D. confident
8
Animals Can Sense Natural Disasters （动物能预感到自然灾难）
Among the dead in South Asia’s tsunami① were many tourists at Sri Lanka’s national wildlife park at Yala. But very few of the park’s animals — elephants, buffaloes, monkeys and wild cats — appear to have died. There are theories that animals can sense natural disasters and flee to safety.
First, it’s possible that the animals may have heard the quake before the tsunami hit. The underwater rupture likely produced sound waves known as infrasound② or infrasonic sound. Humans can’t hear infrasound, but many animals including dogs, elephants, tigers and pigeons can.
A second early warning sign the animals might have sensed is ground vibration③. The massive quake would have produced vibrational waves known as Rayleigh waves. These vibrations move through the ground like waves move on the surface of the ocean but faster. They travel at ten times the speed of sound. The Rayleigh waves would have reached SriLanka hours before the water hit. Mammals, birds, insects and spiders can sense Rayleigh waves. So the animals at Yale might have felt the Rayleigh waves and then run to higher ground.
But what about humans? While we can’t hear infrasound, we can feel it, although we don’t necessarily know we’re feeling it. We also experience Rayleigh waves by special sensors in our joints, which exist just for that purpose. Sadly, it seems we don’t pay attention to the information when we get it. Maybe we screen it out because there’s so much going on before our eyes and in our ears. Humans have a lot of things on our minds and usually that works out OK.
Notes: tsunami n. 海啸 infrasound n. 次声 vibration n. 振动，颤动
1. Why did few animals at Yala die when the tsunamis that caused a huge number of human deaths hit?
A. Because the animals were staying at a higher place in the park.
B. Because the animals were able to run much faster than human beings.
C. Because human beings cannot hear the infrasonic sound.
D. Because the animals might have picked up the danger signals and ran away.
( ) 2. Which of the statements about “Ravleigh waves” is true?
A. Rayleigh waves are massive vibrational waves that usually cause quakes or tsunamis.
B. Rayleigh waves move on the ocean surface at a speed ten times that of sound waves.
C. Rayleigh waves can be felt both by animals and human beings.
D. Rayleigh waves, just like infrasonic sound, can only be felt by animals.
( ) 3. When a tsunami hits, it is possible that ＿＿＿＿.
A. we can’t feel the infrasound so we can’t be informed of the danger
B. we can feel Rayleigh waves as well as infrasound so we are able to escape the danger like animals
C. we were so busy with things on our minds that we feel neither infrasound nor Rayleigh waves
D. we think nothing of the information of its coming even though we can also get it
( ) 4. What does the underlined word “that” in the last sentence refer to?
A. Screening out the information.
B. There being so much going on before our eyes and in our ears.
C. Having a lot of things on our minds. D. Paying attention to the information.
9
The Giant Squid In The Deep Ocean（深海大鱿鱼）
Japanese scientists have taken the first photographs of one of the most mysterious creatures in the deep ocean — the giant squid①.
Until now the only information about the behavior of the creatures which measure up to 18 meters (59 feet) in length has been based on dead or dying squid washed up on shore or captured② in commercial fishing nets.
But Tsunemi Kubodera, of the National Science Museum, and Kyoichi Mori of the Ogasawara Whale Watching Association, both in Tokyo have captured the first images of Architeuthis attacking bait③ 900 meters below the surface in the cold, dark waters of the North Pacific. “We show the first wild images of a giant squid in its natural environment,” they said in a report in the journal Proceedings B of the Royal Society.
Little is known about the creatures because it has been so difficult to locate and study them alive. Large ships and specialist equipment, which is costly, are needed to study deep sea environments.
The Japanese scientists found the squid by following sperm whales, the most effective hunters of giant squid, as they gathered to feed between September and December in the deep waters off the coast of the Ogasawara Islands in the North Pacific. They used a remote long-line camera and depth logging system to capture the giant squid in the ocean depths.
The most dramatic character of giant squids is the pair of extremely long tentacles④, distinct from the eight shorter arms. The long tentacles make up to two-thirds of the length of the dead specimens⑤ to date. The giant squid appear to be a much more active meat-eating animals than researchers had thought.
Notes: squid n. 鱿鱼 capture vt. 捕获 bait n. 鱼饵 tentacle n. 触角，触须
specimen n. 标本，样本
( ) 1. The passage mainly tells us that ________.
A. Scientists captured a giant squid alive B. Scientists captured a giant squid on camera
C. giant squids are special meat-eating animals D. giant squids mainly live in the deep sea
( ) 2. According to the passage, we can infer that the word “Architeuthis” should refer to ________.
A. a scientist B. the sperm whale C. a big ship D. the giant squid
( ) 3. Which of the following about giant squids is TRUE?
A. They like living the cold and deep waters. B. They mainly feed on the dead fish.
C. They like playing, using their tentacles. D. They have only eight arms around the mouth.
( ) 4. According to the passage, the scientists located the giant squid ________.
A. through a remote long-line camera B. by using depth logging system
C. by following sperm whales D. by using the bait to attract them
10
Survey Studies Internet Use in China (对中国互联网使用的调查)
A typical① Chinese Internet user is a young male who prefers instant messaging to e-mail, seldom makes online purchases② and favors news, music and games sites. According to a study, about two-thirds of survey participants③ use the Internet for news — often entertainment-related — or for online games. About half download music and movies.
They also tend to prefer instant messaging to e-mail, and they are depending on the Internet more frequently than before to communicate with others who have the same professions, hobbies and political interests. Online purchases still remain unpopular in China. Three-quarters of users surveyed have never bought anything over the Internet, and only 10 percent make purchases even once a month. Among those who do buy online, most pay for entertainment while others buy phone cards, or computer hardware or software.
“Many people don’t trust the quality of goods bought online,” Guo said Wednesday. “If they buy it in a store and don’t like it, they can easily bring it back.”
The survey was done in five major cities: Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, Chengdu and Changsha. Results do not necessarily project countrywide because Internet use in rural areas is lower than in cities. Guo describes the typical netizen④ in the five cities surveyed as young, male, richer and more highly educated. Males make up two-thirds of the Internet community, and more than 80 percent of users are under 24. Among people ages 25 to 29, 60 percent to 80 percent go online.
China has more than 100 million people online, second in the world to the United States.
Notes:typical adj. 典型的purchase n. / v. 购买participant n. 参与者 netizen n. 网民
( ) 1. A typical Chinese Internet user will be the one who _________.
A. likes to send e-mails B. likes to buy goods online
C. likes to pay for entertainment D. likes the games sites
( ) 2. Online purchases still remain unpopular in China mainly because _________.
A. it is more difficult for sales returns B. people haven’t computers
C. people can’t have a look at the goods D. goods bought online are of low quality
( ) 3. Which of the following words fails to describe the typical netizens in the five cities?
A. well educated B. richer C. female D. young
( ) 4. According to the text, which of the following shows the right relation between online people and their ages?
A. B.
C. D.
11
NBA Scouts Internationally （NBA在世界范围内广揽人才）
In the past ten years, America’s National Basketball Association (NBA) has grown increasingly dependent on the rest of the world to supply players.
When Michael Jordan and Larry Bird won gold in Barcelona in 1992, the Americans were praised for teaching the world how to play basketball. This season, however, 20 percent of NBA rosters① will be filled by non-Americans. NBA commissioner David Stem happily embraces the trend. On a visit to Paris in October, Stern outlined his vision for the future, which is likely to see Europe hosting NBA games by 2010.
The NBA is now planning to take China by storm.
“Our experience in China has been that it is going to be explosive in its growth,” said Stern. The strategy② in China is television. “We’ve made 14 deals in China with local and national networks on cable and satellite.” The success of Chinese centre Yao Ming has paved the way for the NBA marketing blitz in China. The NBA, which is broadcasted in more than 200 countries in 42 languages, will put that to the test in October 2004 when the Houston Rockets play two pre-season games against the Sacramento Kings in Beijing and Shanghai. The NBA knows that it needs a global market to compensate for tough times on home soil.
“It doesn’t matter where the players come from, all the NBA teams now know that they have to scout③ internationally,” said Terry Lyons, the NBA’s vice-president of international public relations. “It has increased the level of competition here.” As Frenchman Tony Parker and Argentine Emanuel Ginobili showed in winning championship rings with the San Antonio Spurs last season, many people can earn the respect of their American peers. Others, such as the Houston Rockets’ Chinese centre Yao Ming — number one draft pick in 2002 — and the Detroit Pistons’ 18-year-old Serb Darko Milicic — number two overall in this year’s draft — are icons④in-waiting. It is the ultimate⑤ revolution — the rest of the world teaching the US how to play basketball.
Notes: roster n. 花名册strategy n. 战略，策略scout vt. 寻找，觅得icon n. 偶像
ultimate adj. 最后的，根本的
( ) 1. According to the report, ___.
A. Michael Jordan is still playing a very important role in NBA
B. the part played by the foreign players in NBA will be great
C. Yao Ming is to play two pre-season games in NBA
D. European countries will host the 2004 NBA games
( ) 2. The underlined phrase “take China by storm” has the meaning of ___.
A. NBA intends to make China its “marketing center”
B. NBA is planning to set up some training centers in China
C. there’ll be a big storm when NBA comes to China to play against the Sacramento Kings
D. the NBA’s live basket games will be broadcasted on all the TVs in China
( ) 3. What seems to be the biggest change that is happening to NBA?
A. NBA is expecting more foreign players to join the league.
B. China’s rapid development in sports affects NBA.
C. Yao Ming has taken the place of Michael Jordan.
D. The NBA will stop teaching the world how to play basketball.
( ) 4. When the writer talked of “home soil”, he was referring to __.
A. farms in the States B. native Americans
C. the NBA training center D. the USA
( ) 5. Which of the following can be used as the best title for the passage?
A. The Non-American Basketball Players B. NBA Is Coming to China
C. The Foreign Ties That Bind the NBA D. NBA Is Making Big Progress
12
The World’s Oldest Tortoise Has Died（世界上最长寿的乌龟已死亡）
CALCUTTA, India?Mar 24, 2006?(AP) —?One of the world’s oldest creatures, a giant tortoise believed to have been about 250 years old, has died in the Calcutta zoo where it spent more than half its long life.
Addwaita, which means “the one and only” in the local Bengali language, was one of four Aldabra tortoises brought to India by British sailors in the 18th century. Zoo officials say he was a gift for Lord Robert Clive of the East India Company, who was instrumental in establishing British colonial① rule in India, before he returned to England in 1767. Long after the other three tortoises died, Addwaita continued to thrive②, living in Clive’s garden before being moved to the zoo in 1875.
“According to records in the zoo, the age of the giant tortoise, Addwaita, who died on Wednesday, would be about 250 years,” said zoo director Subir Chowdhury. That would have made him much older than the world’s oldest documented③ living animal: Harriet, a 176-year-old Galapagos tortoise who lives at the Australia Zoo north of Brisbane, according to the zoo’s Web site. She was taken from the island of Isla Santa Cruz by Charles Darwin in the 19th century.
Aldabra tortoises come from the Aldabra atoll④ in the Seychelle islands in the Indian Ocean, and often live to more than 100 years of age. Males can weigh up to 550 pounds. Addwaita, the zoo’s biggest attraction, had been unwell for the last few days, said local Forest Minister Jogesh Burman.
“We were keeping a watch on him. When the zoo keepers went to his enclosure on Wednesday they found him dead,” Burman said.
Notes:colonial adj. 殖民的thrive v. 茁壮成长documented adj. 备有证明文件的atoll n. 环礁
( ) 1. According to the passage, Addwaita ________.
A. was sent to India as a gift by British government
B. was sent to India by British sailors in 1767
C. lived together with three other Aldabra tortoises in India
D. belonged to Lord Robert Clive for some time
( ) 2. By now, the oldest animal in the world is about at ________.
A. 176 years old B. 100 years old C. 250 years old D. 200 years old
( ) 3. In the last few days before Addwaita died, he ________.
A. had been sent to hospital for treatment B. had been playing with travelers
C. had been found not better than before D. had stayed in his enclosure for days
( ) 4. What would be the best title for the passage?
A. An Old Aldabra Tortoise Died in India B. A Remarkable Life: Tortoise Dies at 250
C. A Special Kind of Tortoise — Addwaita D. The Oldest Animal Aldabra Tortoise Died
13
A Plan For Exploring Mars （火星探索计划）
NASA is moving ahead with plans to put a long-armed lander on Mars’ icy north pole to search for clues① for water and possible signs of life.
The $386 million Phoenix Mars is planned to touch down in the Martian arctic in 2008. The stationary probe will use its robotic arm to dig into the icy land and pick up soil samples② to analyze. In 2002, the Mars Odyssey orbiter spotted evidence of ice-rich soil near the arctic surface.
Scientists hope the Phoenix mission will find clues to the geologic history of water on the Red Planet and determine whether microbes③ existed in the ice.
Phoenix will be the first mission of the Mars Scout program, a renewed, low-cost effort to study the Red Planet. “The Phoenix mission explores new territory in the northern plains of Mars analogous to the permafrost regions on Earth,” Peter Smith said.
True to its name, Phoenix rose from the ashes of previous④ missions. The lander for Phoenix was built to fly as part of the 2001 Mars Surveyor program. But the program broke down after the well-known disappearance of the Mars Polar Lander in 1999. The Polar Lander lost contact during a landing attempt near the planet’s south pole after its rocket engine shut off prematurely, causing the spacecraft to fall about 130 feet to almost certain destruction.
The Phoenix probe had been in storage at a Lockheed Martin clean room in Denver before it was reused for its present mission. It will carry science instruments that were designed for the Mars Surveyor program including an improved panoramic camera and a trench-digging robotic arm. Phoenix will lift off from the Kennedy Space Center in August 2007 and land on the planet nine months later.
Notes:clue n. 线索sample n. 标本，样品microbe n. 微生物previous adj. 先前的
( ) 1. The passage mainly tells readers that _________.
A. clues of water will be found in Phoenix
B. Phoenix will be sent to find clues of water on Mars
C. August 2007 will see Phoenix lift off D. the Mars Scout program will be carried out
( ) 2. The underlined word “prematurely” (paragraph 5) means _________.
A. on time B. behind the time C. out of work D. ahead of time
( ) 3. According to the passage, we know Phoenix will land on Mars _________.
A. in May 2008 B. in August 2007
C. in August 2008 D. in September 2008
( ) 4. According to the passage, the name “Phoenix” is after the meaning of _________.
A. rebirth B. death C. energy D. hope
( ) 5. After Phoenix lands on Mars, we can infer it will firstly _________.
A. find soil samples and send them to the earth
B. look for the icy land to dig for the soil samples
C. take photos and send them to the earth D. find the remains of the Mars Polar Lander
14
Zinedine Zidane (齐内丁 · 齐达内)
Zinedine Zidane, who dreams of leading France to its second World Cup title in a row next month, has always preferred to express himself with a football rather than with words.
Last Wednesday Zidane scored the decisive goal when Real Madrid of Spain won the Champions League final against Germany’s Leverkusen 2－1.
He became one of the world’s most expensive players when he joined Real Madrid from Italy’s Juventus for US $ 66 million. And he has been a national hero since he scored twice in the 3－0 defeat of Brazil in the 1998 World Cup Final.
But despite his success, Zidane has always kept his feet on the ground. He leads a quiet family life, there is hardly any gossip① about him and he avoids putting his wife and two children in the spotlight②.
“Just because I’m a public figure it doesn’t mean I have to express myself on everything. I don’t like to discuss some personal matters publicly.” he said.
Even as a child playing football in the slum area of Marseille, France, where he was raised by his Algerian parents, Zidane was shy.
He loved football even as a little kid. “I realized football is a wonderful mixture of a sharp mind and hard training rather than just talking,”he said.
Even when the match awards were just chocolate and bread, Zidane found that football made his poor childhood rich.
Before he was 10 years old, it was obvious that he could become a great footballer. He was offered his first professional contract③ when he was just 20. Now, at the age of 29, he has already picked up two World Player of the year awards.
This quiet striker has not yet spoken of his hopes for the coming World Cup. But his fans across the world will be eagerly watching him to see what he’ll do this time.
Notes:gossip n. 流言蜚语spotlight n. 聚光灯contract n. 合同
( ) 1. What did Zidane learn from his childhood football experience? He learned that _______.
A. he could become a great footballer B. he could become rich if he became a footballer
C. football is a mixture of a sharp mind and hard training but not just talking
D. football is a favorite sport in the future
( ) 2. According to the article, what are Zidane’s main characteristics?
A. He is a shy but successful man. B. He loves his wife and children.
C. He doesn’t like to speak in public.
D. He is a quiet, down-to-earth person of few words.
( ) 3. When the writer says “Zidane has always kept his feet on the ground”, he means that _______.
A. Zidane spends more time standing than sitting most days
B. Zidane is a down-to-earth person
C. Zidane has spent most of his time training on the pitch
D. Zidane likes standing when he succeeds
( ) 4. The sentence “Zidane found that football made his poor childhood rich” means ________.
A. football made Zidane’s poor family wealthy when he was a child
B. Zidane knew that football could bring him fame and wealth even when he was a child
C. football brought happiness to Zidane when he was a child in a poor family
D. Zidane knew that if he wanted 10 be rich he must play football from childhood
15
Brokeback Mountain（断背山）
An epic① love story, set against the sweeping landscapes of Wyoming and Texas, that tells the story of two young men — a ranch-hand and a rodeo cowboy — who meet in the summer of 1963 while driving cattle on a mountain range. They unexpectedly develop a lifelong connection, one whose complications②, joys and tragedies provide a testament to the endurance and power of love.
Production Status: Released
Genres: Drama, Romance and Western
Running Time: 2 hrs. 14 min.
Release Date: December 9th, 2005 (NY/LA/SF)
MPAA Rating: R for sexuality, language and some violence.
Production Co.: Focus Features, River Road Entertainment
Studios: Universal Pictures
Filming Locations: Calgary, Canada
Produced in: United States
Cast and Credits
Starring: Linda Cardellini, Kate Mara, Jake Gyllenhaal, Heath Ledger, Michelle Williams
Directed by: Ang Lee
Produced by: Michael Costigan, Michael Hausman, Larry McMurtry
Actors
Linda Cardellini Cassie Cartwright
Jake Gyllenhaal Jack Twist
Heath Ledger Ennis Del Mar
Michelle Williams Alma
Anne Hathaway Lureen
Randy Quaid Joe Aguirre
Writers
Larry McMurtry Screenplay (Adaptation)
Diana Ossana Screenplay (Adaptation)
E. Annie Proulx Source Material (from short story: “Brokeback Mountain”)
Diana Ossana Screenwriter
Show times (on Jan. 25)
Embarcadero
1 Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA, 94111
12:00, 12:30, 2:00, 3:00, 3:30, 5:30, 6:30, 7:00, 8:30, 9:30, 10:00
BAM Rose Cinemas
30 Lafayette Avenue, Brooklyn, NY, 11217
4:15, 7:00, 9:45
Pacific’s The Grove Stadium 14
189 The Grove Drive, Los Angeles, CA, 90036
1:25
Loews Dupont Circle 5
1350 19th St. NW, Washington, DC, 20036
(2:00), (3:00), (5:00), 6:00, 8:00, 9:00
Notes:epic adj. 英雄的complication n. 复杂化
( ) 1. According to the passage, Brokeback Mountain is mainly about ______.
A. language study B. love C. violence D. funny story
( ) 2. The film Brokeback Mountain is mainly from short story by ______.
A. Ang Lee B. Michelle Williams C. Diana Ossana D. E. Annie Proulx
( ) 3. According to the passage, the natural sights in Brokeback Mountain was filmed in ______.
A. America B. Canada C. China D. Mexico
( ) 4. If you live in New York on Jan. 25, you’d better enjoy the film in ______.
A. Loews Dupont Circle 5 B. Pacific’s The Grove Stadium 14
C. Embarcadero D. BAM Rose Cinemas
16
Protecting Copyright （版权保护）
Having finished her homework, Ma Li wants some music for relaxation①. As usual, she starts her computer and goes to Baidu.com to download music files. But this time she is surprised when an announcement about protecting songs’ copyright bursts onto the screen. The age of free music and movie downloads may have come to an end as Web companies like Baidu are accused of pirating copyright. Lawsuits② have been filed against four websites offering free downloads. In September 2005, a Beijing court ordered Baidu to pay recording company Shanghai Push compensation for their losses. Baidu was also told to block the links to the pirated music on the website. This caused a heated discussion on Interact file sharing.
“Baidu’s defeat in the lawsuit shows it is not right to get copyrighted songs without paying. Downloaders may face lawsuits or fines,” said an official.
Like many teens, Huang Ruoru, an 18-year-old girl from Puning in Guangdong Province, doesn’t think that getting music from websites is wrong. She always shares her favourite songs downloaded from Baidu with her friends. When told about the lawsuit, she began to feel a little guilty about obtaining others’ work without paying.
However, other teenagers have different ideas. Wang Yafei, a Senior 2 girl from Jinan, Shandong Province pointed out that file sharing is a good way to promote pop singers. “If I download a song and really like it, I will buy the CD,” she said. “So what the recording companies really should concentrate on is improving their music, rather than pursuing③ file-sharers.”
Notes:relaxation n. 娱乐lawsuit n. 诉讼pursue vt. 追赶，追击
( ) 1. Which of the following best describes the passage?
A. Music on the Internet is of better quality. B. Downloading material can be illegal.
C. It’s good to get free music on the Internet. D. Baidu is a popular web company.
( ) 2. The four web companies were put to court because _________.
A. they got copyrighted songs without paying
B. they downloaded copyrighted music for people
C. they make copyrighted files for free downloads
D. they offer free music on line
( ) 3. How do some of the teenagers feel while downloading free music after the lawsuit?
A. A bit guilty. B. A little sad. C. Extremely angry. D. Awfully sorry.
( ) 4. What’s the advantage of tile sharing for recording companies?
A. Getting more money from web companies. B. Enabling people to download favorite songs.
C. Helping to improve the music. D. Making pop singers more popular.
( ) 5. It can be inferred from the text that _________.
A. Web companies are still ignoring the copyright laws.
B. Teenagers haven’t got money to buy CDs.
C. Teenagers are probably still downloading free music.
D. Teenagers prefer CDs with copyright to pirated music.
17
A Two-way Student Exchange （学生双向交流）
This year some twenty-three hundred teenagers（young people aged from 13 —19）from all over the world will spend about ten months in U. S. homes. They will attend U.S. schools, meet U.S. teenagers, and form impressions of the real America. At the same time, about thirteen hundred American teenagers will go to other countries to learn new languages and gain a new understanding of the rest of the world.
Here is a two-way student exchange in action. Fred, nineteen, spent last year in Germany with George’s family. In turn, George’s son Mike spent a year in Fred’s home in America.
Fred, a lively young man, knew little German when he arrived, but after two months’ study, the language began to come to him. The school was completely different from what he had expected — much harder. Students rose respectfully① when the teacher entered the room. They took fourteen subjects instead of the six that are usual in the United States. There were almost no outside activities.
Family life, too, was different. The father’s word was law, and all activities were around the family rather than the individual. Fred found the food too simple at first. Also, he missed having a car.
“Back home, you pick up some friends in a car and go out and have a good time. In Germany, you walk, but you soon learn to like it.”
At the same time, in America, Mike, a friendly German boy, was also forming his idea. “I suppose I should criticize② American schools,” he says. “It is far too easy by our level. But I have to say that I like it very much. In Germany we do nothing but study. Here we take part in many outside activities. I think that maybe your schools are better in training for citizens. There ought to be some middle ground between the two.”
Notes:respectfully adv. 尊敬地，谦恭地criticize vt. 批评，责备
( ) 1. This year __ teenagers will take part in the exchange programme between America and other countries.
A. twenty-three hundred B. thirteen hundred
C. over three thousand D. less than two thousand
( ) 2. The whole exchange programme is mainly to __.
A. help teenagers in other countries know the real America
B. send students in America to travel in Germany
C. let students learn something about other countries
D. have teenagers learn new languages
( ) 3. What is particular in America schools is that __.
A. there is some middle ground between the two teaching buildings.
B. there are a lot of outside activities
C. students usually take fourteen subjects in all
D. students go outside to enjoy themselves in a car
( ) 4. After experiencing the American school life, Mike thought __.
A. a better education should include something good from both American and Germany
B. German schools trained students to be better citizens
C. American schools were not as good as German schools
D. the easy life in the American school was more helpful to students
18
Mahathir Mohamad (马哈蒂尔·穆罕默德)
Malaysia’s Prime Minister, Mahathir Mohamad has been retired. But he didn’t go quietly. In his final speech, he blamed the Jewish people for the problems between Israel and the Palestinians.
“The Jews have taken land of the Muslims,” he said. “What if part of America was given to the Jews as Israel? Would the Americans let it happen? Of course not.”
His words angered many western governments, but Mahathir doesn’t care. “I like to speak my mind,” the 77-year-old explained. “Sometimes people don’t like it. But that is what leadership is all about.”
Loved by some and disliked by others, his 22 years in power have seen great changes in Malaysia. He has taken it from being one of Asia’s poorest countries to the world’s 18th largest trading nation. It is also a peaceful country with native Malaysians living alongside minority groups. Chinese make up a quarter of the population, while a further 7.4 percent are of Indian origin. Teenage girls wearing Muslim① headscarves happily walk around large stores as ethnic Chinese play mah-jong② in nearby cafes.
But Mahathir has made enemies at home and abroad and some people will be glad he has gone. The US was unhappy when he often blamed it for globalization. Meanwhile, critics say that he has limited the freedom of the Malaysian people in order to stay in control of the country. Despite this, he is a hero to leaders in Southeast Asia as well as those in the Islamic③ world. “He marked out the path to success for developing nations in the region to follow,” said Thai President Thaksin Shinawatra.
Now he just wants to enjoy his retirement and insists that he will not take on a special role in government. “I’m a nobody,” he said. But many Malaysians do not agree with this.
Notes:Muslim adj. 穆斯林的mah-jong n. 麻将Islamic adj. 伊斯兰教的
Choose the best answers according to the above:
( ) 1. What does Mahathir probably mean by saying “But that is what leadership is all about.”?
A. The Jews have taken land of the Muslines by strong power of their leadership.
B. America should give part of its land to Israel though its leadership is powerful.
C. Leadership has the obligation to speak up what you think is right or wrong.
D. As a leader of a country, you have the right to teach those in other countries what to do and how.
( ) 2. Which is NOT true about the following?
A. Malaysia was no longer poor after Mahathir came into power.
B. Malaysia is a country with natives and other minorities like Jews living alongside
peacefully.
C. Malaysia developed a lot within Mahathir’s power but freedom of Malaysians was
limited.
D. Mahathir’s role in the world is both a hero to leaders in Southeast Asia but also a possible enemy of some countries.
( ) 3. The best title of this passage would be _________.
A. A Religion Enthusiast B. Mahathir’s Political Policy
C. Mahathir Is Malaysia D. Hero of the World
19
How to become a Good Santa（如何成为一名优秀的圣诞老人）
There are good Santas and there are bad Santas. The good Santas all realize one thing: In the mind of a child, Santa Claus is perfect.
That’s difficult. And so they come from around the world to attend the Charles W. Howard School in Midland, Mich. The school offers a three-day, 40-hour course for Santas hoping to be excellent. There’s a real range to what Santas earn, from big bucks for large events to no pay for charities①. One thing for them all is a pure love for children.
A former Macy’s Santa named Charles Howard founded the Michigan school in 1937. “Many people will think if you have a suit and you’re a Santa,” said Tom Valent, the school’s current dean. “It’s more than that.” So with a pet reindeer②, his properly named wife Holly and a workshop full of wonder.
The school teaches everything from breathing techniques for carol singing to the beard maintenance. There are lessons in child psychology, sign language and even media training for talk-show appearances and call-in shows. Santas also need to make sure they know all the names of the reindeer. What’s harder to deal with, however, is children who ask for Christmas gifts like bringing daddy home or making mommy happy again.
After spending time in the classroom, Weir went to the mall to test his training. However, at one point, his hat fell off, and he was unsure how to react. “You’re the real Santa,” Valent said. “Pick that hat up, slip it back on, keep smiling and do your job. You’ve got to stay on top of your game. Even the last one at night, when you’re tired, you’ve got to remember: This one’s forever, so do a good job.”
Notes:charity n. 慈善，慈善团体reindeer n. 驯鹿
( ) 1. According to the passage, good Santas should be the ones that ________.
A. can offer the children some gifts B. help adults look after their children
C. have ability to make children happy D. should be perfect in the mind of children
( ) 2. The underlined words “big bucks” should refer to ________.
A. lots of money B. many gifts C. loves for children D. gifts from children
( ) 3. The Michigan school was founded by Charles Howard with the purpose to ________.
A. train the pet reindeer for the Santas B. earned money from its students
C. train perfect Santas for the world D. show the world’s concern to the poor
( ) 4. According to Weir’s performance, we can conclude that ________.
A. Weir was short of experience B. Weir was not fit for the job as a Santa
C. Weir did very badly in the game D. Weir was not a good student in school
20
New Films （新片上映）
It’s summer movie time again. And heroes are ready to try their strength and magic on the silver screen. Check out our list of four films that look most promising to young audiences.
Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban
Release Date: June 4
Story: It’s the summer before Harry Potter’s third year at Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry. A shadow is hanging over Hogwarts. A dangerous murderer, Sirius Black, has escaped the Wizards’ Prison. And he broke out to fulfill one task to kill Harry Potter.
Around the World in 80 Days
Release Date: June 16
Story: This version of the classic novel set in 1872 focuses on Passepartout (Hong Kong actor Jackie Chan), a Chinese thief who seeks refuge with a strange London adventurer, Phileas Fogg. Passepartout uses his martial arts skills to defend Fogg from danger as he travels around the world in 80 days to win a bet.
Spider-Man 2
Release Date: June 30
Story: Peter Parker is still coming to terms with his dual identity as the crime superhero Spider-Man. He wants to reveal his secret identity to Mary Jane, meanwhile, his Aunt May has fallen on hard times. A new villain①, Dr Otto Octavius, has appeared to cause more troubles.
King Arthur
Release Date: July 7,
Story: King Arthur is presented as a clever ruler who manages to unite all the knights② in Britain after the fall of the Roman Empire. Under the guidance of Merlin and the beautiful, brave Guinevere, Arthur will struggle to realize his dreams.
Notes:villain n. 坏人 knight n. 骑士，武士
( ) 1. According to the passage, if you want to see a film whose leading actor is Jackie Chan, you will see the film on ______.
A. June 4 ?? B. June 16??? C. June 30??? D. July 7
( ) 2. In Spider-Man 2, Aunt May’s trouble is caused by ______.
A. Peter Parker???? ???? B. Mary Jane??? C. Dr Otto Octavius??? D. Spider- Man
( ) 3. Which of the following films is set in ancient Britain?
A. Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban? B. Around the World in 80 Days
C. Spider-Man 2 D. King Arthur
2007最新阅读理解专项训练（附详解）
1
1. B 主旨大意题。从前两段可知，文章主要讲述的是刘翔重新开始田径训练。
2. A 细节理解题。从第四段第一句I am happy that I will resume my training soon back in Shanghai可知，刘翔很高兴重新回到训练场。
3. B 词义猜测题。从下文内容可知，刘翔回到训练场感到很欣慰，很高兴。
4. B 细节理解题。从倒数第二段可知，由于参加各种社会活动，刘翔错过了两次比赛。
2
1. D 细节理解题。从第一段最后一句可知，人的指纹是独一无二的。
2. C 推理判断题。从第二段第二句Burns, cuts and other damage to the outer part of the skin will be replaced in time by new one, which bears a reproduction of the original pattern.可以推断正确答案为C。
3. B 推理判断题。从第二段最后两句可知，罪犯要想改变以前的指纹，必须把内部的皮肤损害掉。
4. B 细节理解题。从第三段第四句Because of the simplicity and economy of this system可知。指纹鉴别的方法简单而且经济。
3
1. C 细节理解题。从第一段可知大爆炸造成的后果。
2. B 细节理解题。从第六段可知，爆炸发生在三个地方。
3. A 词义猜测题。在第三段及倒数第三段的第一句中多次出现resort，结合句意，可知该词在此处意为“旅游／度假胜地”。
4. B 细节理解题。从最后一段可知第一次类似爆炸事件发生在2004年10月。
4
1. A 细节理解题。从第一段可知，这种疫苗刚刚被批准在人体上做实验，但还没有开始具体实施。
2. B 主旨大意题。第一则新闻主要就是介绍禽流感疫苗开发研制工作的发展近况，其他选项太片面。
3. C 词义猜测题。从第二则新闻的第二段不难判断，该词意为“类型”。
4. A 细节理解题。从第二则报道新闻的最后一段，我们了解到由于安全防护措施得当，该地区的家禽业没有遭受经济损失。
5
1. B 细节理解题。从第一自然段开头和最后一段内容可知。
2. B 细节理解题。从第二自然段开头可知。
3. C 细节理解题。通读全文可知A、B 和D均不符合原文，但从第三自然段中的第二句It’s the fourth All-Star trip for the 7-foot-6 center from China可知C 符合原文事实。
6
1. C 细节理解题。整篇文章主要介绍了影片中的人物：Sing。
2. A 细节理解题。由文章的第二段和最后一段可知，这部电影之所以吸引人，关键是这部影片具有幽默、刺激的舞蹈及动作。
3. D 细节理解题。由文章的第四段第二句可知。
4. A 推理判断题。本篇文章是介绍电影Kung Fu Hustle的，因此它很可能出现在entertainment（娱乐）版面上。
7
Bill Gates （比尔·盖茨）
1. B 细节理解题。从第二段第三句Improving the health of the populations可知正确答案。
2. A 推理判断题。从第二段后两句可以推断，盖茨认为美国人应该关心其他国家的人们。
3. D 推理判断题。从最后一段可以推测，他之所以提前捐献出他的财产是因为他很关心广大的受苦受难的人们。
4. B 推理判断题。从文章描述的内容我们知道，比尔盖茨把巨大的财富捐献出来，用于帮助世界各地需要帮助的人们，充分说明他极富有爱心，非常善良。
8
1. D 细节理解题。从第二、三段可知，动物能提前感知到危险临近，逃到安全地方去。
2. C 细节理解题。从第三、四段可知，人和动物都能感觉到Rayleigh waves。
3. D 细节理解题。从最后一段第四句可知。
4. A 词义猜测题。该词指代的意思从前一句Maybe we screen it out because …可以确定。
9
1. B 主旨大意题。本篇文章主要是向读者讲述了科学家利用摄像机捕获了一条大鱿鱼的图像，其他选项要么与原文不符，要么太片面。
2. D 词义猜测题。由文章的第三段可知科学家利用相机观测到一条大鱿鱼的情况，因此袭击鱼饵的应当是鱿鱼，所以Architeuthis指的就是鱿鱼。
3. A 细节判断题。由文章第三段和第五段可知，这些大鱿鱼主要生活在深海处，由于是在北极地区，当然也是较冷的地方。
4. C 细节理解题。由文章的第五段可知，科学家是通过跟踪sperm whale来知道大鱿鱼的大体位置。
10
1. D 细节理解题。由文章的第一段的第一句可知。
2. A 细节理解题。由文章的第三段可知，人们不相信质量，但并不一定质量就低。
3. C 细节理解题。由文章的第四段的第三句可知。
4. B 细节理解题。由文章的第四段可知，24岁以下上网的人最多，因此22岁最高。
11
1. B 推理判断题。根据第二段20 percent of NBA rosters will be filled by non-Americans，以及文章后半部分Terry说的话it has increased the level of competition here可判断出外国球员将在NBA起到举足轻重的作用。
2. A 词义猜测题。根据文章中间Stern所说的话，及下一段The success of Chinese centre Yao Ming has paved the way for the NBA marketing blitz in China可判断出NBA将把中国看作是一个重要的市场。
3. A 推理判断题。通读全文，可得出这个结论：NBA的球员组成将发生重大改变，外国球员将占相当的比例。
4. D 词义猜测题。从文章后半部The NBA knows that it needs a global market及It doesn’t matter where the players come from可判断出home soil指的是美国本土。
5. C 主旨大意题。tie在这儿被用来比喻外籍球员，意思是说NBA需借助外籍球员的力量来维持其地位。
12
1. D 细节理解题。由文章的第二段可知，Addwaita在1767后的某段时间属于Lord Robert Clive。
2. A 数字计算题。由文章的第三段可知。目前时间是上最新的活着的动物，应该是Harriet, a 176-year-old Galapagos tortoise。而不是现年250多岁的乌龟。
3. C 细节理解题。由文章的第四段的“Addwaita, the zoo’s biggest attraction, had been unwell for the last few days”可知。
4. B 主旨概括题。本文第一段就是主题段落，讲述年龄最大的乌龟已经死去，这正是这篇文章所要表达的主要信息，因此答案选B。
13
1. B 主旨大意题。文章的第一段就是该文章的主题句，由此可知文章要讲述的主要内容。
2. D 词义猜测题。由后面的句子可知Phoenix是在空中离地面120英尺处坠向地面，因此可以推测rocket engine提前结束工作。
3. A 细节计算题。由文章最后一段最后一句可以计算出。
4. A 推理判断题。由第五段的第一句可知。
5. B 推理判断题。由文章的第二段可知，Phoenix的目的就是要通过挖掘冰地，取出样本进行研究。因此，它首先要寻找冰地。
14
1. C 细节理解题。从倒数第四段可知，他意识到了足球的本质是什么。
2. D 概括归纳题。从第四段及倒数第四段可知，Zidane是一个喜欢平淡的生活，实事求是而且不善言辞的人。
3. B 句意猜测题。从上下文可知，该句意为：Zidane是一个脚踏实地、实事求是的人。
4. C 句意猜测题。倒数第三段句意为：即使当时的比赛奖品只是巧克力和面包，他发现足球使他穷的童年生活变得富足了。这说明足球给Zidane贫困的童年带来很多快乐。
15
1. B 细节理解题。由文章的第一段可知。
2. D 细节判断题。由文章的Writers部分可知。
3. A 细节理解题。根据文章，这部电影主要是是在加拿大拍摄的，但根据第一段，其背景风景主要是以美国的两个州Wyoming和Texas为主。
4. C 细节判断题。由文章的后半部分可知。NY是New York 的缩略形式。此题用排除法也可以选出正确答案。
16
1. B 主旨大意题。其他选项都太片面，只有B能较好概括文章的内容。
2. C 细节理解题。根据第一段的句子Lawsuits have been filed against four websites offering free downloads.可知这四家网络公司被起诉的原因。
3. A 细节理解题。从第三段最后一句可知正确答案。
4. D 细节理解题。从最后一段第二句…pointed out that file sharing is a good way to promote pop singers.可知正确答案。
5. C 推理判断题。其他选项与文章内容不符。
17
1. C 细节计算题。从第一段可知参加交换项目的青少年共有约2300+1300人。
2. C 推理判断题。从第一段最后一句可知，为的是让孩子们了解其他国家的情况。
3. B 细节理解题。从最后一段可知，美国学校的特点在于有很多的课外活动。
4. A 细节理解题。从最后一段最后一句There ought to be some middle ground between the two.可知，Mike认为更好的教育方式应该是吸取二者的长处。
18
1. C 句意理解题。从第三段内容可以推断出，Mahathir Mohamad认为，作为领导人，有责任有义务亮出自己的观点。
2. B 细节理解题。从第四段第四句可知，马来西亚的少数民族包括中国人和印度人，没有犹太人。
3. C 主旨大意题。该题可采用排除法，A和D两项范围太大，B项则太片面.
19
1. D 细节理解题。从文章的第一段第二句可知。
2. A 词义猜测题。由该句前面的动词“earn”和该句后面的“no pay for charities”可知。
3. C 推理判断题。由文章的第三、四、五段可知，这所学校教给这些人有关圣诞老人的各种技能和知识，很明显目的就是要使他们成为合格的圣诞老人。
4. A 推理判断题。由文章的最后一段可知，Weir在处理突发事件时缺乏经验。
20
1. B 细节理解题。只有在第二部影片中才能一睹成龙的风采，放映日期正好是六月十六日。
2. C 细节理解题。从第三部影片的故事简介中可知。
3. D 细节理解题。四部影片中，以古代英国为背景的影片只有《亚瑟王》。
2007高考复习系列知识
很多同学看了很多语法书, 可是觉得自己做题的时候, 自己对语法掌握得还不是很好. 当然原因很多. 其一就是很多同学在研究语法(这是语法学家做的事情), 比如哪些词可以做主语, 背得很熟, 可是做题时却用不上. 其二就是基本的语法规则没有掌握 本站将推出高考语法复习专题, 从高考的角度来讲语法 希望对有需要的同学有帮助.
特色: 推出一句话语法.一句话语法为语法之精要,在此基础上扩展就可以形成语法体系.
语法复习一：句子成分；简单句、并列句和复合句
一、句子成分
（一）句子成分的定义：构成句子的各个部分叫做句子成分。句子成分有主要成分和次要成分；主要成分有主语和谓语；次要成分有表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语和同位语。
（二）主语：主语是一个句子所叙述的主体，一般位于句首。但在there be结构、疑问句（当主语不疑问词时）和倒装句中，主语位于谓语、助动词或情态动词后面。主语可由名词、代词、数词、不定式、动名词、名词化的形容词和主语从句等表示。一句话语法: 主语由名词性的词来充当. 例如：
During the 1990s, American country music has become more and more popular.（名词）
We often speak English in class.（代词）
One-third of the students in this class are girls.（数词）
To swim in the river is a great pleasure.（不定式）
Smoking does harm to the health.（动名词）
The rich should help the poor.（名词化的形容词）
When we are going to have an English test has not been decided.（主语从句）
It is necessary to master a foreign language.（it作形式主语，真正的主语为后面的不定式）
（三）谓语：谓语说明主语所做的动作或具有的特征和状态。动词在句中作谓语，一般放在主语之后。一句话语法: 谓语由动词充当. 有很多同学在写作的时候容易犯的错误就是要么乱用be动词,要么句子没有谓语动词. 谓语的构成如下：
1、简单谓语：由一个动词或动词短语构成。如：He practices running every morning.
2、复合谓语：（1）由情态动词或其他助动词加动词原形构成。注意:这里面的动词原形非常重要. 如：You may keep the book for two weeks. He has caught a bad cold. （2）由系动词加表语构成。如：We are students.
（四）表语：表语用以说明主语的身份、特征和状态，它一般位于系动词（如be, become, get, look, grow, turn, seem等）之后。表语一般由名词、代词、形容词、分词、数词、不定式、动名词、介词短语、副词及表语从句表示。一句话语法: 表语使用形容词,不用副词! 例如：
Our teacher of English is an American.（名词）
Is it yours?（代词）
The weather has turned cold.（形容词）
The speech is exciting.（分词）
Three times seven is twenty one?（数词）
His job is to teach English.（不定式）
His hobby（爱好）is playing football.（动名词）
The machine must be out of order.（介词短语）
Time is up. The class is over.（副词）注意: 副词可以做表语的只有几个,非常简单,考试不考,所以上面说:表语使用形容词,不用副词! 我们所复习的语法直接针对高考,不是搞语法研究,这点请大家一定要记住.
The truth is that he has never been abroad.（表语从句）
（五）宾语：宾语表示动作的对象或承爱者，一般位于及物动词和介词后面。一句话语法:宾语由名词性的词充当,宾语分为动词宾语和介词宾语,分别构成动宾结构和介词结构,这点非常重要,务必要牢记.例如：
They went to see an exhibition（展览）yesterday.（名词）
The heavy rain prevented me form coming to school on time.（代词）
How many dictionaries do you have? I have five.（数词）
They helped the old with their housework yesterday.（名词化形容词）
He pretended not to see me.（不定式短语）
I enjoy listening to popular music.（动名词短语）
I think（that）he is fit for his office.（宾语从句）
宾语种类：（1）双宾语（间接宾语+直接宾语），例如：Lend me your dictionary, please.如果同学搞不清楚什么是双宾语,记下下面这个句子: give me a book.一人一物做宾语就是双宾语.说得白一点,双就是两个的意思.（2）复合宾语（宾语+宾补），例如：They elected him their monitor.
（六）宾语补足语：英语中有些及物动词，除有一个直接宾语以外，还要有一个宾语补语，才能使句子的意义完整。带有宾语补足语的一般句型为：某些及物动词（如make等+宾语+宾补）。宾补可由名词、形容词、副词、不定式、分词、介词短语和从句充当。一句话语法: 宾语补足语使用形容词,不用副词.例如：
His father named him Dongming.（名词）
They painted their boat white.（形容词）
Let the fresh air in.（副词）
You mustn’t force him to lend his money to you.（不定式短语）
We saw her entering the room.（现在分词）
We found everything in the lab in good order.（介词短语）
We will soon make our city what your city is now.（从句）
（七）定语：修饰名词或代词的词、短语或从句称为定语。一句话语法:定语使用形容词 定语可由以下等成分表示：
Guilin is a beautiful city.（形容词）
China is a developing country; America is a developed country.（分词）
There are thirty women teachers is our school.（名词）
His rapid progress in English made us surprised.（代词）
Our monitor is always the first to enter the classroom.（不定式短语）
The teaching plan for next term has been worked out.（动名词）
He is reading an article about how to learn English.（介词短语）
（八）状语：修饰动词、形容词、副词或整个句子(这个就叫状语,一句话语法: 状语用副词,不用形容词)，说明动作或状态特征的句子成分，叫做状语。可由以下形式表示：
Light travels most quickly.（副词及副词性词组）
He has lived in the city for ten years.（介词短语）
He is proud to have passed the national college entrance examination.（不定式短语）
He is in the room making a model plane.（分词短语）
Wait a minute.（名词）
Once you begin, you must continue.（状语从句）
状语种类如下：
How about meeting again at six?（时间状语）(表示时间就是时间状语,那表示原因的呢? 对喽,就是原因状语)
Last night she didn’t go to the dance party because of the rain.（原因状语）
I shall go there if it doesn’t rain.（条件状语）
Mr Smith lives on the third floor.（地点状语）
She put the eggs into the basket with great care.（方式状语）
She came in with a dictionary in her hand.（伴随状语）
In order to catch up with the others, I must work harder.（目的状语）
He was so tired that he fell asleep immediately.（结果状语）
She works very hard though she is old.（让步状语）
I am taller than he is.（比较状语）
练习一
一、指出下列句子划线部分是什么句子成分：
1. The students got on the school bus.
2. He handed me the newspaper.
3. I shall answer your question after class.
4. What a beautiful Chinese painting!
5. They went hunting together early in the morning.
6. His job is to train swimmers.
7. He took many photos of the palaces in Beijing.
8. There is going to be an American film tonight.
9. He is to leave for Shanghai tomorrow.
10. His wish is to become a scientist.
11. He managed to finish the work in time.
12. Tom came to ask me for advice.
13. He found it important to master English.
14. Do you have anything else to say?
15. To be honest; your pronunciation is not so good.
16. Would you please tell me your address?
17. He sat there, reading a newspaper.
18. It is our duty to keep our classroom clean and tidy.
19. He noticed a man enter the room.
20. The apples tasted sweet.
二、用符号划出下列短文各句中的主语（—）、谓语（＝）、宾语（～）：
I hope you are very well. I'm fine, but tired. Right now it is the summer vacation and I'm helping my Dad on the farm. August is the hottest month here. It is the time of year for the rice harvest, so every day I work from dawn until dark. Sometimes we go on working after dark by the lights of our tractors. We grow rice in the south of the States, but in the north where it is colder they grow wheat. We have a lot of machines on the farm. Although the farm is large, my Dad has only two men working for him. But he employs more men for the harvest. My brother takes care of the vegetable garden. It doesn't often rain in the summer here. As a result, we have to water the vegetable garden. Every evening we pump water from a well. It then runs along channels to different parts of the garden.
三、用符号划出下列短文各句中的定语（—）、状语（＝）、补语（～）：
Most Saturday evenings there is a party, even at harvest time. These parties often make us very happy. We cook meat on an open fire outside. It's great! Americans eat a lot of meat — too much in my opinion. Some of my friends drink beer. I don't, because I have to drive home after the party. In your letter you asked about the time in different areas of the States. There are five different time areas in the States. In my state we are fourteen hours behind Beijing time. How many different time areas do you have in China? Well, I must stop and get some sleep. Please give my best regards to your parents.
四、选择填空：
( )1. ____ will leave for Beijing.
A. Now there the man B. The man here now
C. The man who is here now D. The man is here now
( ) 2. The weather ____.
A. wet and cold B. is wet and cold
C. not wet and cold D. were wet and cold
( ) 3. The apple tasted ____.
A. sweets B. sweetly C. nicely D. sweet
( ) 4. He got up ____ yesterday morning.
A. lately B. late C. latest D. latter
( )5. The actor ______at the age of 70.
A. dead B. died C. dyed D. deaded
( )6. ____ were all very tired, but none of ____ would stop to take a rest.
A. We, us B. Us, we C. We, our D. We, we
( )7. He found the street much ______.
A. crowd B. crowding C. crowded D. crowdedly
( ) 8.I think _____necessary to learn English well.
A. its B. it C. that D. that is
( ) 9. The dog ____ mad.
A. looks B. is looked C. is being looked D. was looked
( )10.I will never forget the day ______ I joined the army.
A. that B. when C. in which D. where
前三题做不做都可以 第四题答案: 1-5 CBDBB 6-10 ACBAB
大家重点做一下第四题,有些题目比较难(当然是相对于我们刚复习的语法而言,比如第一题是定语从句,这个我们还没有复习到,所以做不好也是正常的),做完题之后,回过头来再看一下一句话语法是不是很有用.
语法复习一：句子成分；简单句、并列句和复合句
二、简单句、并列句和复合句
（一）句子种类两种分类法
1、按句子的用途可分四种：
1）陈述句（肯定、否定）：He is six years old; She didn’t hear of you before.
特点: 用句号结束一个句子
2）疑问句（一般、特殊、选择、反意）：Do they like skating? How old is he? Is he six or seven years old? Mary can swim, can’t she?
疑问句就是问句
3）祈使句：Be careful, boys; Don’t talk in class
祈使句: 表示命令或者请求. 和有没有主语没有关系
4）感叹句：How clever the boy is!
还有一个结构是用 what. how 后面加上的是形容词副词.what后面加上的是名词.
2、按句子的结构可分三种：
1）简单句：只有一个主语（或并列主语）和一个谓语（或并列谓语）。
e.g. He often reads English in the morning.
Tom and Mike are American boys.
She likes drawing and often draws pictures for the wall newspapers.
2) 并列句：由并列连词（and, but, or等）或分号（；）把两个或两个以上的简单句连在一起构成。
要注意哟,逗号是不可以连接句子的,这一点和汉语不同.
e.g. You help him and he helps you.
The future is bright; the road is tortuous. 前途是光明的，道路是曲折的。
3）复合句：含有一个或一个以上从句的句子。复合句包含：名词性从句（主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句）、定语从句和状语从句等。
有主句和从句构成,在一个句子前面加上连词(当然不是and,but,or了),这个句子就是从句了.
e.g. The foreign visitors took a lot of pictures when they were at the Great Wall.
（二）简单句的五种基本句型
1、主语+系动词+表语：e.g. He is a student.
2、主语+不及物动词：e.g. We work.
3、主语+及物动词+宾语：e.g. Henry bought a dictionary.
4、主语+及物动词+双宾语（间接宾语+直接宾语）：
e.g. My father bought me a car.
5、主语+及物动词+复合宾语（宾语+宾补）：e.g. Tom made the baby laugh.
注：其他各种句子都可由这一种基本句型扩展、变化或省略而构成。
这是非常重要的,不需要理解,背下来吧
（三）并列句的分类
1、表示连接两个同等概念，常用and, not only…but also…, neither…nor…, then等连接。e.g. The teacher’s name is Smith, and the student’s name is John.
2、表示选择，常用的连词有or, either…or…, otherwise等。e.g. Hurry up, or you’ll miss the train.
3、表示转折，常用的连词有but, still, however, yet, while, when等。e.g. He was a little man with thick glasses, but he had a strange way of making his classes lively and interesting.
4、表示因果关系，常用的连词有so, for, therefore等。e.g. August is the time of the year for rive harvest, so every day I work from dawn until dark.
这里大家记住这些连词就够用了.如果一下子记不住这么多,就记一个两个,记住有的时候不要和自己较劲
（四）高考考点探讨
1、简单句的五大句型是最基本的句型。虽然近几年单纯考查这种基础句型的题不多，但是在阅读中有时需借助于划分句子成分去理解，在书面表达中，没有最基本的遣词造句的能力是不可能用地道的英语句子来表达清楚的。
2、祈使句、反意疑问句和感叹句是高考命题的热点之一。有时把祈使句与反意疑问句结合于一体来考查。一个题目，几个考点，是近几年命题的发展趋势。
3、高考对简单句、并列句和各种复合句的考查常表现在对连词的选择和使用上。如：and, but, or, while，以及其它连接名词性从句、定语从句和状语从句的连接词、关联词。
4、各种主从复合句的考查常常与动词的时态联系在一起，以宾语从句与状语从句最为明显，时间从句与条件从句中，如果主句是将来时，从句则用一般式表将来，这一点在高考中经常考查。
如：We will go outing if it doesn’t rain tomorrow。
练习二、简单句、并列句和复合句
一、判断下列句子是简单句、并列句还是复合句：
1. We often study Chinese history on Friday afternoon.
2. The boy who offered me his seat is called Tom.
3. There is a chair in this room, isn’t there?
4. My brother and I go to school at half past seven in the morning and come back home at seven in the evening.
5. He is in Class One and I am in Class Two.
6. He was fond of drawing when he was yet a child.
7. Neither has he changed his mind, nor will he do so.
8. What he said at the meeting is very important, isn’t it?
9. The farmer is showing the boy how to plant a tree.
10. Both Tom and Jack enjoy country music.
二、判断下列短文中各句是简单句、并列句还是复合句：
I hope you are very well（ ）. I'm fine, but tired（ ）. Right now it is the summer vacation and I'm helping my Dad on the farm（ ）. August is the hottest month here（ ）. It is the time of year for the rice harvest, so every day I work from dawn until dark.（ ） Sometimes we go on working after dark by the lights of our tractors（ ）. We grow rice in the south of the States, but in the north where it is colder they grow wheat（ ）. We have a lot of machines on the farm（ ）. Although the farm is large, my Dad has only two men working for him（ ）. But he employs more men for the harvest（ ）. My brother takes care of the vegetable garden（ ）. It doesn't often rain in the summer here（ ）. As a result, we have to water the vegetable garden（ ）. Every evening we pump water from a well（ ）. It then runs along channels to different parts of the garden（ ）.
Most Saturday evenings there is a party, even at harvest time（ ）. These parties often make us very happy（ ）. We cook meat on an open fire outside（ ）. It's great（ ）! Americans eat a lot of meat — too much in my opinion（ ）. Some of my friends drink beer（ ）. I don't, because I have to drive home after the party（ ）. In your letter you asked about the time in different areas of the States（ ）. There are five different time areas in the States（ ）. In my state we are fourteen hours behind Beijing time（ ）. How many different time areas do you have in China（ ）? Well, I must stop and get some sleep（ ）. Please give my best regards to your parents（ ）.
三、选择填空：重点做
1. Give me one more minute ____ I’ll be able to finish it.
A. and B. or C. if D. so
2. It’s the third time that John has been late, ____?
A. hasn’t he B. isn’t he C. isn’t it D. hasn’t it
3. ____ joyful he was to meet his brother again!
A. How B. What C. What a D. What an
4. Let us pass, ____?
A. shan’t we B. shall we C. won’t we D. will you
5. I suppose he’s serious, ____ ?
A. do I B. don’t I C. is he D. isn’t he
6. You had better not smoke here, ____?
A. will you B. had you C. shall you D. have you
7. Train as hard as you can ____ you’ll win the swimming competition.
A. then B. but C. and D. or
8. I’m sorry to have to say this, ____ you forgot to turn off the lights when
you left the room last night.
A. and B. but C. so D. because
9. John has not yet passed the driving test, and ____.
A. Henry hasn’t too B. Henry also has not either
C. neither Henry has D. neither has Henry
10. There are many sports lovers in his office. Some love climbing,
____ others enjoy swimming.
A. or B. for C. while D. so
11. ---- Do you feel like going out ____ would you rather have dinner at home?
---- I’d like to go out. A. or B. and C. but D. so
12. ---- “____ is the temperature today?” ----“It’s 38 degrees.”
A. Which B. How C. How hot D. How high
13. ---- Your uncle isn’t an engineer, is he? ---- ____.
A. Yes, he isn’t B. No, he isn’t C. No, he is D. He is
14. ____ friendly ____ to everyone!
A. How, is she B. What, is she C. How, she is D. What, she is
15. Mary went to bed early, ____ she felt very tired.
A. or B. so C. for D. yet
16. Mother ____ a dress when she cut her finger.
A. was making B. makes C. is making D. made
17. He lay in bed ____ read something borrowed from library.
A. but B. and C. or D. yet
18. ---- I’d really like some lunch but I have so much work to do.
---- ____ what you want and I can get it for you.
A. Tell me B. If you would say to me
C. You will tell me D. If you tell me
19. As he is strong, ____ can lift one hundred pounds.
A. yet he B. but he C. and D. he
20. ---- I thought you had an umbrella. ---- I had, ____ I’ve lost it.
A. since B. but C. because D. so
21. ____ down the radio ---- the baby’s asleep in the next room.
A. Turning B. To turn C. Turned D. Turn
22. ---- I don’t like chicken ____ fish.
---- I don’t like chicken ____ I like fish very much.
A. and, and B. and, but C. or, and D. or, but
23. ---- Would you like to come to dinner tonight?
---- I’d like to, ____ I’m too busy.
A. and B. so C. as D. but
24. Would you like a cup of coffee ____ shall we get down to business right away?
A. and B. then C. or D. otherwise
25. She set out soon after dark ____ home an hour later.
A. arriving B. to arrive C. having arrived D. and arrived
26. “Can’t you read?” Mary said ____ to the notice.
A. angrily pointing B. and point angrily
C. angrily pointed D. and angrily pointed
27. She thought I was talking about her daughter, ____, in fact, I was
talking about my daughter.
A. whom B. where C. which D. while
28. ____ it with me and I’ll see what I can do.
A. When left B. Leaving C. If you leave D. Leave
29. ---- Alice, you feed the bird today, ____? ---- But I fed it yesterday.
A. do you B. will you C. didn’t you D. don’t you
30. ____ him and then try to copy what he does.
A. Mind B. Glance at C. Stare at D. Watch
四、按要求完成下列句子：
1. He dares to tell the truth.（改为否定句）
2. They have lived here for more than ten years.（对画线部分提问）
3. There will be a sports meet at the end of this month, ____________?
（完成反意疑问）
4. You must be careful with your pronunciation.（改为祈使句）
5. They went for a walk after supper yesterday evening.(改为一般疑问句)
6. It is an interesting story.（改为感叹句）
7. This magazine comes out（出版）every other week.（对画线部分提问）
8. They could hardly believe his words, ____________?（完成反意疑问）
9. The moon is shining brightly.（改为感叹句）
10.Our English teacher is always encouraging us to speak English in class.
（对画线部分提问）
一、1、简单句；2、复合句；3、简单句；4、简单句；5、并列句；6、复合句；7、并列句；8、复合句；9、简单句；10、简单句
二、
I hope you are very well（复合句）. I'm fine, but tired（简单句）. Right now it is the summer vacation and I'm helping my Dad on the farm（并列句）. August is the hottest month here（简单句）. It is the time of year for the rice harvest, so every day I work from dawn until dark.（并列句） Sometimes we go on working after dark by the lights of our tractors（简单句）. We grow rice in the south of the States, but in the north where it is colder they grow wheat（并列复合句）. We have a lot of machines on the farm（简单句）. Although the farm is large, my Dad has only two men working for him（复合句）. But he employs more men for the harvest（简单句）. My brother takes care of the vegetable garden（简单句）. It doesn't often rain in the summer here（简单句）. As a result, we have to water the vegetable garden（简单句）. Every evening we pump water from a well（简单句）. It then runs along channels to different parts of the garden（简单句）.
Most Saturday evenings there is a party, even at harvest time（简单句）. These parties often make us very happy（简单句）. We cook meat on an open fire outside（简单句）. It's great（ 简单句）! Americans eat a lot of meat — too much in my opinion（简单句）. Some of my friends drink beer（简单句）. I don't, because I have to drive home after the party（复合句）. In your letter you asked about the time in different areas of the States（简单句）. There are five different time areas in the States（简单句）. In my state we are fourteen hours behind Beijing time（简单句）. How many different time areas do you have in China（简单句）? Well, I must stop and get some sleep（简单句）. Please give my best regards to your parents（简单句）.
三、1~5 ACADD 6~10 BCBDC 11~15 ADBCC 16~20 ABADB 21~25 DDDCD 26~30 ADDBD
四、1. He doesn’t dare to tell the truth. 或He dare not tell the truth. 2. How long have they lived here? 3. won’t there 4. Be careful with your pronunciation. 5. Did they go for a walk after supper yesterday evening? 6. What an interesting story (it is)! 或How interesting the story is! 7. How often does this magazine come out? 8. could they 9. How brightly the moon is shining! 10. Who is always encouraging us to speak English in class?
高考语法复习二、主谓一致
在英语句子里，谓语受主语支配，其动词必须和主语在人称和数上保持一致，这就叫主谓一致。寻其规律，大致可归纳为三个原则，即语法一致、逻辑意义一致和就近一致原则。
（一）语法一致原则：语法上一致就是谓语动词和主语在单、复数形式上保持一致。
1、以单数名词或代词、动词不定式短语、动名词短语或从句作主语时，谓语动词一般用单数形式；主语为复数时，谓语动词用复数形式。如：His father is working on the farm. / To study English well is not easy. / What he said is very important for us all. / The children were in the classroom two hours ago. / Reading in the sun is bad for your eyes.
注意：由what引导的主语从句，后面的谓语动词多数情况用单数形式，但若表语是复数或what从句是一个带有复数意义的并列结构时，主句的谓语动词用复数形式。如：What I bought were three English books. / What I say and do is (are) helpful to you.
2、由连接词and或both … and连接起来的合成主语后面，要用复数形式的谓语动词。如：Lucy and Lily are twins. / She and I are classmates. / The boy and the girl were surprised when they heard the news. / Both she and he are Young Pioneers.
注意：① 若and所连接的两个词是指同一个人或物时，它后面的谓语动词就应用单数形式。如：The writer and artist has come.; / ② 由and连接的并列单数主语前如果分别有no, each, every more than a (an) , many a (an)修饰时，其谓语动词要用单数形式。如：Every student and every teacher was in the room.. / No boy and no girl likes it.
3、主语为单数名词或代词，尽管后面跟有with, together with, except, but, like, as well as, rather than, more than, no less than, besides, including等引起的短语，谓语动词仍用单数形式；若主语为复数，谓语用复数形式。如：Mr Green, together with his wife and children, has come to China. / Nobody but Jim and Mike was on the playground. / She, like you and Tom, is very tall.
4、either, neither, each, every 或no +单数名词和由some, any, no, every构成的复合不定代词，都作单数看待。如：Each of us has a new book. / Everything around us is matter.
注意：① 在口语中当either或neither后跟有“of+复数名词（或代词）”作主语时，其谓语动词也可用复数。如：Neither of the texts is (are) interesting. ② 若none of后面的名词是不可数名词，它的谓语动词就要用单数；若它后面的名词是复数，它的谓语动词用单数或复数都可以。如：None of us has (have) been to America.
5、在定语从句时，关系代词that, who, which等作主语时，其谓语动词的数应与句中先行词的数一致。如：He is one of my friends who are working hard. / He is the only one of my friends who is working hard.
6、如果集体名词指的是整个集体，它的谓语动词用单数；如果它指集体的成员，其谓语动词就用复数形式。这些词有family, class, crowd, committee, population, audience等。如：Class Four is on the third floor. / Class Four are unable to agree upon a monitor.
注意：people, police, cattle等名词一般都用作复数。如：The police are looking for the lost child.
7、由“a lot of, lots of, plenty of, the rest of, the majority of + 名词”构成的短语以及由“分数或百分数+名词”构成的短语作主语，其谓语动词的数要根据短语中后面名词的数而定。如：There are a lot of people in the classroom. / The rest of the lecture is wonderful. / 50% of the students in our class are girls.
注意： a number of“许多”，作定语修饰复数名词，谓语用复数；the number of“…的数量”，主语是number，谓语用单数。
8、在倒装句中，谓语动词的数应与其后的主语一致。如：There comes the bus./ On the wall are many pictures. / Such is the result. / Such are the facts.
（二）逻辑意义一致原则：逻辑意义一致就是谓语动词的数必须和主语的意义一致（因有时主语形式为单数，但意义为复数；有时形式为复数，但意义为单数）。
1、what, who, which, any, more, all等代词可以是单数，也可是复数，主要靠意思来决定。如：Which is your bag? / Which are your bags? / All is going well. / All have gone to Beijing.
2、表示“时间、重量、长度、价值”等的名词的复数作主语时，谓语动词通常用单数形式， 这是由于作主语的名词在概念上是一个整体，如：Thirty minutes is enough for the work.
3、若英语是书名、片名、格言、剧名、报名、国名等的复数形式，其谓语动词通常用单数形式。如： “The Arabian Nights”is an interesting story-book.
4、表数量的短语“one and a half”后接复数名词作主语时，其谓语动词可用单数形式（也可用复数。如：One and a half apples is (are) left on the table.
5、算式中表示数目（字）的主语通常作单数看待，其谓语动词采用单数形式。如：Twelve plus eight is twenty. / Fifty-six divided by eight is seven.
6、一些学科名词是以 –ics 结尾，如：mathematics, politics, physics 以及news, works等，都属于形式上是复数的名词，实际意义为单数名词，它们作主语时，其谓语动词要用单数形式。如：The paper works was built in 1990. / I think physics isn’t easy to study.
7、trousers, glasses, clothes, shoes, 等词作主语时，谓语用复数，但如果这些名词前有a (the) pair of等量词修饰时，谓语动词用单数。如：My glasses are broken. / The pair of shoes under the bed is his.
8、“定冠词the + 形容词或分词”，表示某一类人时，动词用复数。
（三）就近一致原则：在英语句子中，有时谓语动词的人称和数与最近的主语保持一致。
1、当两个主语由either … or, neither … nor, whether … or …, not only … but also连接时，谓语动词和邻近的主语一致。如：Either the teacher or the students are our friends. / Neither they nor he is wholly right. / Is neither he nor they wholly right?
2、there be句型be动词单复数取决于其后的主语。如果其后是由and连接的两个主语，则应与靠近的那个主语保持一致。如：There are two chairs and a desk in the room..
注意：Here引导的句子用法同上。
语法复习二、主谓一致
1.I, who____ your friend, will try my best to help you with your English.
A.am B.is C.are D.be
key: A who指的是I; I am 所以who am
2. The rich ____ not always happy.
A.are B.is C.has D.have
key: A the+adj 指一类人,当然用复数了; be happy,所以不用have
3. Neither Tom nor Jack and I ____ his students.
A.are B.am C.is D.was
key: A 就近原则;主语是Jack and I
4. Mary as well as her sisters ____ Chinese in China.
A. are studying B. have studied C. studies D. study
key: C 句子主语Mary; as well as her sisters不是主语
5. Neither my father nor I ____ at home.
A.am B.is C.are D.be
key: A 就近原则
6. Not only my brother but also I ____ good at painting. Both of us
____ good painters.,
A.are;are B.am;am C.am;are D.is;is
key: C 第一空就近原则
7. Every' boy and every girl ____ to attend the evening party.
A.wish B.wishes C.is like D.like
key: B
8. Over 80 percent of the population of China ____ peasants.
A.was B.is C. would be D.are
key: D population这个词指人,谓语用复数;指数字,谓语用单数
9. The population of China ____ larger than that of .any other country in the world.
A.is B.are C.has D.have
key: A
10. Every means ____ tried but without any result.
A. have been B.is to be C.are to be D. has been
key: D means不是复数,是一个单词,意思是方法手段
11. Alice, together with two boys,____ for having broken the rule.
A. was punished B. punished C. were punished D. being punished
key: A
12. The League secretary and the monitor____ asked to attend the meeting
this afternoon.
A.is B.was C.are D.is being
key: C the League secretary和 the monitor 两个人;比较: the doctor and writer is coming...
13. The great writer and professor____.
A. is an old man B. are both old men
C. is an old man and a young man D. were two Chinese
key: A
14. There ____ a pen, two pencils and three books on the desk.
A.are B.is C.has D.have
key: B 就近原则
15. A large number of students in our class____ girls.
A. are B. was C. is D. be
key: A a large number of... 很多,相当于many的用法;比较: the number of...指的是数字,所以谓语动词用单数的形式
16. The number of deer, mountain lions and wild roses ____ much if people
leave things as they are.
A. doesn' t change B.don't change C.change D.changed
key: A
17. The Arabian Nights ____ well known to the English.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
key: A the Arabian Nights-天方夜谭,这是一本书,谓语动词当然用单数了.
18. Chairman Mao' s works ____ published.
A. has been B.have been C.was D.is
key: B works 著作,作品 毛主席选集已经出版了,当然是复数了.
19. A chemical works____ built there.
A. is to being B.have been C. were to D.has been
key: D works 工厂
20. The Olympic Games ____ held every ____ years.
A.is;four B.are;four C.is;five D.are;five
key: B
21 .The United States of America ____one of the most developed
countries in the world.
A.is B.are C.was D.were
key: A 主语是一个国家
22.He is the only one of the students who ____ elected.
A. are B.have C.has D.is
key: D 比较: He is one of the students who are elected.
23.Theis is one of the most interesting questions that ____ asked.
A.have B.has C. have been D.has been
key: C
24.Many a man ____ come to help us.
A.have B.has C.is D.are
key: B 这个把它背下来
25."All____ present and all____ going on well," our monitor said.
A.is;is B.are;are C.are;is D.is;are
key: A 第一个all 指所有人;第二个all是情况
26. The police ____ the murderer everywhere when he suddenly appeared
in a theatre.
A. is searching for B. were searching for
C. are searching for D. were searching
key: B 是警方的人,不是一个单位;search 为搜(身);search for=look for
27.Your trousers____ dirty.You must have____ washed.
A.is;il B.are;it C.are;them D.is;them
key: C 有人戏说裤子两条腿,所以是复数.有道理
28.This pair of trousers ____ too long for him.
A.is B.be C.are D.were
key: A 注意主语不是裤子,是pair, this pair
29. One and a half bananas ____ left on the table.
A.is B.are C.has D.have
key: A a +名词+and a half , one and a half + 名词, 作主语时, 谓语动词要用单数.
注意: one or two + 复数名词作主语, 谓语动词用复数形式, 如: One or two bananas have been left on the table.
30. Eight times eight ____ sixty - four.
A.is B.are C.get D.equal
key: A
高考语法复习二
主谓一致这个语法,规则记住就可以.如果觉得规则太多,很难一时记住,可以配合练习题解析来记
语法复习二、主谓一致
31 .Ten minutes____ an hour when one is waiting for a phone call.
A.seems B.seem C.seemed D.seemes
key: A 把ten minutes看成一个整体.
32.____of the money____ nm out.
A. Three-fifth; has B. Three-fifth; has been
C. Three-fifths; has D. Three-fifths; have
key: C 第一空分数表达法,当分子大于1的时候,分母用复数;主语
是money,不可数.
33. The whole class ____ the teacher attentively.
A. are listening to B. is listening to C.are listening D. is listening
key: A the whole class 指全体学生
34.1 have finished a large part of the book, the rest of which___ more difficult.
A.is B.are C.was D.were
key: A the rest 后面用单数还是复数,取决于它所指代的事物.如果指代不可数名词,当然用当数;如果指代可数名词,要看它所指代的是几个,如果是一个也要用单数.
35. Between the two rows of trees ____ the teaching building.
A.stand B.stands C. standing D.are
key: B 注意这是倒装句,主语是the teaching building
36. Large quantities of water ____ for irrigation.
A. is needed B. has -needed C. are needed D. need
key: A 主语是A large quantities of 用法相当于much;比较: several bottles of water are needed. 这时句子的主语就是bottle,所以谓语动词用复数
37. That they were wrong in these matters ____ now clear to us all.
A. is B.was C.are D.all
key: A 主语从句.相当于 It is now clear to us all that they were wrong in these matters.
38.What we need____ good textbooks.
A.is B.are C.have D.has
key: B 我们需要的东西是好的教科书,也就是说what we need 所指是教科书们
39. What you said just now____ the matter we are discussing.
A.have something to at B. has something to do with
C.had something to do with D.has been something to do with
key: B
40. More than one member ____ against the plan.
A. is B.are C.has D.have
key: A
41. When and where to build the new factory ____ yet.
A. has not decided B. is not decided
C. are not decided D. have not decided
key: B When and where to build the new factory讲的是一个事情
42. Half of the fruit ____ bad.
A. are B. has C. is D. have
key: C
43. ____ either of your parents come to see you recently?
A. Have B. Had C. Has D. Is
key: C
44. Mathematics ____ the language of science.
A. are B. are going to be C. is D. is to be
key: C Mathematics 数学
45. My family ____ small.
A. is B. were C. are D. makes
key: A 所指不是家里的人,而是把家作为一个单位来说.
46. The following ____ some other examples.
A. are B. is C. was D. were
key: A the following指代的是一些其它的例子们
47. They both have some friends; but his ____ more active.
A. is B. will be C. was D. are
key: D
48. Both rice and wheat ____ grown in that country.
A. is B. are C. was D. has
key: B
49. Early to bed and early to rise ____ a good habit.
A. are B. is C. were D. was
key: B
50. To play basketball and to go swimming ____ useful for character-training.
A. was B. is C. are D. were
key: C
比较一下48-50三个题
51. Either he or I ____ to attend the mass meeting this evening.
A. is B. am C. are D. be
key: B 就近原则
52. ____ either he or I to attend the mass meeting this evening.
A. is B. am C. are D. be
key: A 同51
53. An iron and steel works, with some satellite factories, ____ to be built here.
A. are B. were C. is D. will
key: C An iron and steel works 钢铁厂,不是钢厂和铁厂;
54. She as well as her brother ____ a League member.
A. are B. were C. will D. is
key: D
55. His family ____ a big one. Now the family ____ watching TV.
A. is, are B. are, is C. is, is D. are, are
key: A
56. It is I who ____ going to attend the meeting tomorrow.
A. is B. am C. are D. be
key: B 强调句式,原句: I am going to attend the meeting tomorrow.对主语进行强调.注意强调句式只是用 it is/was....that/who(指人时可以使用who,当然也可以使用that)...这个结构改变词序,其它的什么也不能动.
57. More than 60% of the students ____ the countryside.
A. is B. are C. is from D. are from
key: D
58. Many a man ____ the novel.
A. has read B. have read C. is read D. are read
key: A
59. Tom is the only one of the students who ____ going to swim this afternoon.
A. is B. was C. are D. were
key: A
60. Here ____ a pen, a few pencils and some paper for you.
A. are B. is C. was D. were
key: B
高考语法复习三
很多同学看了很多语法书, 可是觉得自己做题的时候, 自己对语法掌握得还不是很好. 当然原因很多. 其一就是很多同学在研究语法(这是语法学家做的事情), 比如哪些词可以做主语, 背得很熟, 可是做题时却用不上. 其二就是基本的语法规则没有掌握 本站推出语法复习专题, 从高考的角度来讲语法 希望对有需要的同学有帮助.
本专题使用的材料来源于网络,作者不祥. 本编写组在原来的基础上进一步做了解析。
特色: 推出一句话语法.一句话语法为语法之精要,在此基础上扩展就可以形成语法体系.
高考英语资料库编写组
语法复习三：名词性从句
在前面我们已经知道了什么是句子.我们可以这样解释什么叫从句:在一个句子的前面加上一个连接词,这个句子就变成了从句.如果这个从句做了主语,它就是主语从句.其它的以此类推.
注: 1.特殊疑问句本身可以做从句,它不需要加连接词.
2.所有的从句要使用陈述语序. 陈述语序: 句子第一个词永远是主语;第二个词可能是情态动词助动词等加上动词,或者是动词本身.
名词性从句相当于名词，可分别作主句的主语、表语、宾语和同位语。因此，名词性从句分为主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句和同位从句。
名词性从句,顾名思义,它具有名词性.所以可以作主语,宾语等等.回忆一下句子成分那一章
（一）引导名词性从句的连接词
1、连接代词：who, whose, whom, what, which。有词义，在从句中担任成分，如主语、表语、宾语、或定语等。
2、连接副词：when, where, why, how。有词义，在从句中担任成分，作状语。
3、连接词：that, whether, if, as if, that
（二）主语从句
1、主语从句在复合句作主语。
Who will go is not important.
2、用it作形式主语，主语从句放在句末。
It doesn’t matter so much whether you will come or not.
3、that引导主语从句时放在句首时，不能省略。
That he suddenly fell ill last week made us surprised.
实用例句:
Is it true that he will be punished seriously by the headmaster?
Does it make any difference who bought these gifts?
How strange it is that these children are so quiet!
注意: 表示是否,只能使用whether.
（三）表语从句
1、表语从句在复合句中作表语，位于系动词之后。
The question was who could go there.
2、引导表语从句的连接词that有时可省去。
My idea is (that) we can get more comrades to help in the work.
注意: 表示是否,只能使用whether.
（四）宾语从句
1、宾语从句在复合句中作宾语。引导宾语从句的连词that一般可省略。
I hope (that) everything is all right.
2、介词之后的宾语从句，不可用which或if连接，要分别用what或 whether。
I’m interested in whether you’ve finished the work..
I’m interested in what you’ve said.
3、whether与if都可以引导宾语从句，常可互换。但下面情况不能互换。
if和whether区别
①宾语从句是否定句时，只用if，不用whether。
e.g. I wonder if it doesn’t rain.
②用if 会引起误解，就要用whether。
e.g. Please let me know whether you want to go.（此句如果把whether改成if，
容易当成条件句理解）
③宾语从句中的whether 与or not直接连用，就不能换成if；不直接连用，可换。
e.g. I don’t know whether or not the report is true.
I don’t know whether/ if the report is true or not.
④介词后的宾语从句要用whether引导。whether 可与不定式连用。whether也可引导主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句，还可引导让步状语从句，以上均不能换成if。但引导条件从句时，只能用if，而不能用whether。
It depends on whether we have enough time.
They don’t know whether to go there.
Please come to see me if you have time. 状语从句
实用例句: 使用it作形式宾语
I thought it impossible that he could finish this job in just two hours.
He left it to my judgment whether we should continue this project.
注意: 形式主语和形式宾语只有一个替代词: it
（五）同位语从句
同位语从句在句中作某一名词的同位语，一般位于该名词（如：news, fact, idea, suggestion, promise等）之后，说明该名词的具体内容。
I have no idea when he will be back.
The fact that he had not said anything surprised everybody
高考语法复习三
语法复习三：名词性从句
一、判断下列各句哪句含有名词性从句，并指出是什么从句：
1. China is no longer what it used to be.
2. The truth that the earth turn around the sun is known to all.
3. It was snowing when he arrived at the station.
4. How he persuaded the manager to change the plan is interesting to us all.
5. The news that they had won the game soon spread over the whole school.
6. The news that you told me yesterday was really disappointing.
7. That is where Lu Xun used to live.
8. He spoke as if he understood what he was talking about.
9. Do you remember the teacher who taught us English at middle school?
10. I wonder why she refused my invitation.
参考答案: 1、表语从句；2、同位语从句；3、不是；4、主语从句；5、同位语从句；6、不是；7、表语从句；8、宾语从句；9、不是；10、宾语从句
二、用适当的连词填空：
1. I can’t decide ____________ dictionary I should buy.
2. That’s ____________ he refused my invitation.
3. I am very interested in ____________ he has improved his pronunciation
in such a short time.
4. ____________ we need is more time.
5. The fact ____________ she had not said anything at the meeting
surprised everybody.
6. ____________ and ____________ they will meet has not been decided yet.
7. Please tell me ____________ you are waiting for.
8. Is that ____________ you are looking for?
9. Would you please tell me ____________ the nearest post office is?
10. I don’t know ____________ he will agree to the plan or not.
参考答案: 1. which; 2. why; 3. how; 4. What; 5. that; 6. when, where; 7. who(m); 8. what; 9. where; 10. whether
三、选择填空：
1. Do you see _____ I mean?
A. that B./ C. how D. what
key: D 宾语从句 that引导宾语从句无词义,也不作成分.mean是及物动词,必须有宾语.所以不选A; how是副词,也不能作mean的宾语.what I mean, what I did, what I said,等是一个非常重要的名词结构.
2. Tell me_____ is on your mind.
A. that B. what C. which D. why
key: B what is on your mind 是what名词结构．句意：告诉我你的心事．
3. We must stick to _____ we have agreed on.
A. what B. that C. / D. how
key: A
4. Let me see _____.
A. that can I repair the radio B. whether I can repair the radio
C. I can repair the radio D. whether can I repair the radio
key: B 从句使用陈述语序 注意选项C可以看成是省略了that的宾语从句,在语法上来讲它是正确的,但语义不通.
5. Keep in mind _____.
A. that the teacher said B. what did the teacher say
C. that did the teacher say D. what the teacher said
key: D what名词结构作keep宾语.
6. Could you advise me _____?
A. which book should I read first B. what book should I read first
C. that book I should read first D. which book I should read first
key: D
7. He was criticized for _____.
A. he had done it B. what he had done
C. what had he done D. that he had done it
key: B
8. Would you kindly tell me _____?
A. how can I get to the Beijing Railway Station
B. how I can get to the Beijing Railway Station
C. where can I get to the Beijing Railway Station
D. whether can I get to the Beijing Railway Station
key: B
9. Mrs. Smith was very much impressed by _____.
A. what had she seen in China B. that she had seen in China
C. what she had seen in China D. which had she seen in China
key: C
10. We took it for granted ___
A. that they were not coming B. that were they not coming
C. they were coming not D. were they not coining
key: A
11. I really don't know _____
A. I should do next B. what should I do next
C. what I should do next D. how I should do next
key: C
12. I'm afraid _____.
A. the little girl will have to be operated on
B. that will the little girl have to operate on
C. the little girl will have to operate on
D. that will the little girl have to be operated on
key: A
13. She walked up to _____ .
A. where did I stand B. where I stood C. I stood there D. where I stood there
key: B where I stood 我站的地方
14. Can you tell me _____?
A. who is that gentleman B. that gentleman is who
C. who that gentleman is D. whom .is that gentleman
key: C 陈述语序
15. We'll give you _____.
A. that do you need B. what do you need
C. whatever you need D. whether do you need
key: C whatever: 1. no matter what 表示让步,副词性 2. anything that ,名词性
如果一个副词性的疑问词加上ever后缀,它只具有副词性.如 whenever=no matter when; however 它是一个很特殊的词: 1.表示转折关系,副词,词义:然而 2.no matter how 无论怎么
16. They want us to know _____ to help us.
A. what can they B. what they can C. how they can D. how can they
key: B what they can (do), what作do的宾语.
17. We must put _____ into practice.
A. what we have learned B. that we have learned
C. that have we learned D. what have we learned
key: A
18. Did she say anything about _____?
A. that the work was to be done B. how was the work to be done
C. that was the work to be done D. how the work was to be done
key: D
19. He was never satisfied with _____.
A. what she had achieved B. had what she achieved
C. she had achieved D. that she achieved
key: A
20. These photographs will show you _____.
A. what does our village look like B. what our village looks like
C. how does our village look like D. how our village looks like
key: B
高考语法复习三
特色: 推出一句话语法.一句话语法为语法之精要,在此基础上扩展就可以形成语法体系.
高考英语资料库编写组
语法复习三：名词性从句
21. Peter insisted _____ he pay the bill.
A. on that B. what C. that D. on which
key: C insist 后面加that从句要用虚拟的形式: should+v, should可省略
22. They urged _____ the library open during the vacation.
A. when B. where C. why D. that
key: D 同上
23. We wish we could have learned _____ when we were at high school.
A. what you did B. that you had done
C. that what you did D. what did you do
key: A
24.1 will describe to you _____ I saw when there.
A. what B. that C. which D./
key: A
25. From _____ I should say he is a good worker.
A. what 1 know of him B. that I do know of him
C. what do I know of him D. that do I know of him
key: A
26. I will give this dictionary to __ wants to have it.
A. whomever B. anyone C. whoever D. someone
key: C any one who wants to have it
27._____ they will come here hasn't been decided yet.
A. What B. That C . When D. Where
key: C
28. _____ was said here must be kept secret.
A. Who B. The thing C. Whatever D. Where
key: C
29. It is still a question _____ we shall have our sports meet.
A. if B. that C. what D. when
key: D
30. I'm going anyway. _____ she will go is up to her to decide.
A. If or not B. Whether or not C. If D. That
key: B
31. It is strange _____ she have left without saying a word.
A. that B. what C. why D. how
key: A
32. It is very clear _____ our policy is a correct one.
A. what B. that C. why D. where
key: B
33. _____ Mr Zhang said is quite right.
A. That B. When C. What D. Whether
key: C
34. It has been decided _____ he will be sent there.
A. if B. whether C. why D. that
key: D
比较: It hasn't been decided whether he will be sent there.
35. It doesn't matter _____he' s come back or not.
A. if B. whether C. that D. when
key: B
36. It's a great pity _____ we won’t be able to finish the task on time.
A. when B. that C. why D. where
key: B
37. It happened _____ I wasn't there that day.
A. when B. why C. where D. that
key: D it happened that... 碰巧...
38._____ you have done might do harm to other people.
A. What B. That C. Which D. The things
key: A
39. _____ leaves the room last ought to turn oft the lights.
A. Anyone B. The person C. Whoever D. Who
key: C anyone who
比较: who left the room last is being looked into.
40._____ the 2000 Olympic Games won't be held in Beijing is known to all.
A. Whether B. If C. Whenever D. That
key: D
41. _____ fails to see this will make a big mistake.
A. That B. Whoever C. Whether D. Whether or not
key: B anyone who
42. __ we need more equipment is quite obvious.
A. What B. Whether C. That D. Whatever
key: C
43. Has it been announced _____?
A. when are the planes to take off B. that are the planes to take off
C. where are the planes to take off D. when the planes are to take off
key: D
44. That is _____ we all support his idea.
A. what B. why C. where D. when
key: B
45. That’s _____ we should do.
A. that B. what C. how D. why
key: B
46. _____ is troubling me is _____ I don’t understand _____ he said
A. What; that; what B. What; what; what
C. That; that; what D. Why; that; which
key: A
47. Things were not _____ they seemed to be.
A. when B. why C. that D. what
key: D
48. That’s _____ I want to say.
A. all what B. what C. all which D. what that
key: B
49. That’s _____ .
A. where our differences lie B. our differences lie there
C. where do our differences lie D. that where our differences lie
key: A
50. That is _____ .
A. where lived he there B. where did he live
C. where he lived D. that where he lived
key: C
51. The questions is _____.
A. whether is it worth doing B. that if it is worth doing
C. whether it is worth doing D. if it is worth doing
key: C
52. Water will continue to be _____ it is today next in importance to oxygen.
A. how B. which C. what D. as
key: C
53. That's_____.
A. how did I become a teacher B. how I became a teacher
C. how a teacher I became D. that I became a teacher
key: B
54. They are just _____.
A. that what shall I have B. what shall I have
C. that I shall have what D. what I shall have
key: D
55. It looked ____.
A. as if it was going to rain B. that as if it was going to rain
C. as if was it going to rain D. as if that it was going to rain
key: A
56. That's_____.
A. how she did it B. that how did she do it.
C. how did she do it D. what she did it
key: A 注意选项D,多了一个词: it
57. That is _____ we decided to put the discussion off.
A. where B. which C. that D. why
key: D
58. That’s _____ I lived when I was ten years old.
A. where B. at which C. there where D. when
key: A
59. My suggestion is _____ we should send a few comrades to help them.
A. if B. that C. when that D. that where
key: B
60. The idea _____ all people are selfish is wrong.
A. what B. that C. why D. if
key: B
61. We heard the news _____ our team had won.
A. that B. what C. whether D. why
key: A
62. The fact _____ he hadn’t said anything surprised us all.
A. why B. if C. that D. whether
key: C
63.I have no idea _____ she will be back.
A. that B. where C. that when D. when
key: D
64. We must keep in mind the fact _____ China is still a developing country.
A. whether B. that C. why D. when
key: B
65. They have no idea at all _____.
A. where he has gone B. where did he go
C. where has he gone D. which place he has gone
key: A
高考语法复习四
特色: 推出一句话语法.一句话语法为语法之精要,在此基础上扩展就可以形成语法体系.
高考英语资料库编写组
语法复习四：定语从句
（一）定语从句一般由关系代词和关系副词引导
1、关系代词：who, whom, whose, which, that, as
2、关系副词：when, where, why
关系代词和关系副词必须位于从句之首(大家想一想什么叫从句来的? 在一个句子前面加上连词.在定语从句中这个连词叫做关系词.关系词的概念是:既要起连接作用,又要在从句中做成分)，主句先行词之后，起着连接先行词和从句的作用， 同时在从句中又充当句子成分。
e.g. She is the girl who sings best of all.（关系代词who在从句中作主语）
The comrade with whom I came knows French.
（whom在从句中作介词with的宾语）
关系词的概念是:既要起连接作用,又要在从句中做成分,那么怎么作这个成分呢(下面的用法要牢记哟):
3、关系代词和关系副词的用法：1）当先行词为人时用who 作主语，whom作宾语；2）当先行词为物或整个句子时用which ，可作主语或宾语；3）先行词为人、物时用that ，可作主语或宾语；4）whose用作定语，可指人或物；5）关系副词when（指时间，在定语从句中作时间状语，where（指地点，在定语从句中作地点状语），why（指原因，在定语从句中作原因状语）。
定语从句分为: 限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句.怎么区分,对于我们初学者来说记住:非限制性定语从句前面或者后面有逗号!
（二）限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句
1、限制性定语从句：从句与主句关系密切，去掉从句，主句意义不完整，
甚至不合逻辑。
e.g. I was the only person in our office who was invited.
（去掉定语从句，意思就不完整）
2、非限制性定语从句：从句对先行词关系不密切，去掉定从句，意思仍然完整。形式上用逗号隔开，不能that用引导。
e.g. Tom’s father , who is over sixty,(看好这就是非限定性从语从句.注意到逗号了吗?) still works hard day and night.（who引导非限制性定语从句，整个句子可分成两句来翻译）
（三）使用定语从句时特别注意的几个问题
1、that与which的区别。
1）用that而不用 which的情况：①先行词为不定代词all, anything, nothing, …；②先行词有最高级修饰，有序数词修饰；③先行词有only, very, any等词修饰；④先行词既有人又有物时。
e.g. There is nothing that can prevent him from doing it.
没有什么能阻止他不干那件事。
The first place that they visited in Guilin was Elephant Trunk Hill.
在桂林他们所参观的第一个地方是象鼻山。
This is the best film that I have ever seen. 这部电影是我看过的最好的一部。
Mr Smith is the only foreigner that he knows.
史密斯先生是他认识的唯一的外国人。
2）用which而不用 that的情况：①引导非限制性定语从句；
②代表整个主句的意思；③介词 + 关系代词。
e.g. He had failed in the maths exam, which made his father very angry.
他数学考试没有及格，这使他的父亲很生气。
This is the room in which my father lived last year. 这是父亲去年居住过的房子。
注意: that与which的区别非常多了,很难记住. 一句话语法: 逗号后/介词后使用which,其它用that一定不会错
3）as引导定语从句时的用法
①as引导限制性定语从句通常用于the same … as, such … as结构中。
e.g. I want the same shirt as my friend’s. 我要一件跟我朋友一样的衬衫。
Such machines as are used in our workshop are made in China.
我们车间使用的这种机器是中国制造的。
②as引导非限制性定语从句既可放在主句之前，也可放在主句之后，用来修饰整个句子。通常用下列句型：as is known to all, as is said, as is reported, as is announced, as we all know, as I expect 等。
e.g. As I expected, he got the first place again in this mid-term examination.
正如我所预料的那样，他在这次期中考试中又获得了第一名。
3）as 引导非限制性定语从句时与which的区别
①当主句和从句语义一致时，用as；反之，用which来引导非限制性定语从句。
e.g. He made a long speech, as we expected.
He made a long speech, which was unexpected.
②当非限制定语从句为否定时，常用which引导。
e.g. Tom drinks a lot every day, which his wife doesn’t like at all.
一句话语法: as 用法—
1. 固定结构中,比如 such... as so...as to ...;
2.如果句子译成正如...一样,一定使用 as
2. 关系代词在从句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词单数还是用复数应由先行词决定。
e.g. The man who lives downstairs speaks English fluently.
住在楼下的那个人英语说得很流利。
The students who are in Grade Three are going to climb the hill tomorrow.
一句话语法: 看一个第一个例子, who 指代的是哪个, the man, 所以只能是 who lives
3. 定语从句有时不直接紧靠先行词，中间由一个定语、状语或谓语隔开。
e.g. There is an expression in his eyes that I can’t understand.
4. 引导定语从句的关系副词有时可以用“介词 + which”来代替。
e.g. October 1, 1949 was the day on which
( = when ) the People’s Republic of China was founded.
为什么会是这样: 关系副词=介词 + which?
October 1, 1949 was the day which the People’s Republic of China
was founded on.
看一下上面这个句子,看懂了吗? which 在从句中做on的宾语(宾语有两个,前面讲过的,一个是动词宾语,另一个是介词宾语). 再看下面这个例子:
October 1, 1949 was the day when the People’s Republic of China was founded.
等量代换!
5. 当定语从句中谓语动词是带介词或副词的固定短语动词时，短语动词的各个固定部分不要拆开。
e.g. The sick man whom she is looking after is her father.
6. 介词在关系代词前，只能用which和whom，且不能省略；介词在句尾，关系代词可有which, that, whom, 口语中也可用who，且可省略。
e.g. The man (whom/ who/ that) you were talking about has come to school.
高考语法复习四：定语从句
很多同学看了很多语法书, 可是觉得自己做题的时候, 自己对语法掌握得还不是很好. 当然原因很多. 其一就是很多同学在研究语法(这是语法学家做的事情), 比如哪些词可以做主语, 背得很熟, 可是做题时却用不上. 其二就是基本的语法规则没有掌握 本站推出语法复习专题, 从高考的角度来讲语法 希望对有需要的同学有帮助.
本专题使用的材料来源于网络,作者不祥. 本编写组在原来的基础上进一步做了解析
特色: 推出一句话语法.一句话语法为语法之精要,在此基础上扩展就可以形成语法体系.
高考英语资料库编写组
语法复习四：定语从句
下面我们来做练习:
一句话语法: 看看从句缺主语吗?
缺,先行词指人还是物?
不缺,往下来
缺宾语吗?
(注意要看好,一是动词有没有宾语;二是介词有没有宾语)
缺,哪些先行词可作宾语?
不缺,怎么办? 考虑用关系副词呀,就是 when where why
注意: 如果你发现关系词后面的名词前面什么也没有,光秃秃的,一定要考虑是不是应该用whose
1. The man ____ visited our school yesterday is from London.
A. who B. which C. whom D. when
2. The woman ____ is talking to my mother is a friend of hers.
A. whose B. who C. whom D. which
3. Because of my poor memory, all ____ you told me has been forgotten.
A. that B. which C. what D. as
4. Do you remember those days ____ we spent along the seashore very happily?
A. when B. where C. which D. who
5. Tom did not take away the camera because it was just the same camera
____ he lost last week.
A. which B. that C. whom D. as
1-5 ABACD
6. Those ____ want to go please sign their names here.
A. whom B. which C. who D. when
7. Where is the man ____ I met this morning?
A. when B. where C. which D. who
8. Who is the woman ____ is sweeping the floor over there?
A. who B. / C. that D. when
9. The man ____ you talked just now is a worker.
A. who B. whom C. to whom D. to who
10. The man ____ you are going to make friends is my father’s neighbour.
A. with whom B. when C. to whom D. which
6-10 CDCCA
11. The doctor ____ is leaving for Africa next month.
A. the nurse is talking to him B. whom the nurse is talking
C. the nurse is talking to D. who the nurse is talking
12. The man ____ around our school is from America.
A. which you showed B. you showed him
C. you showed D. where you showed
13. He talked about a hero ____ no one had ever heard.
A. of whom B. from whom C. about that D. who
14. In fact the Swede did not understand the three questions ____
were asked in French.
A. where B. who C. in which D. which
15. Have you read the book ____ I lent to you?
A. that B. whom C. when D. whose
11-15 CCADA
16. Finally, the thief handed over everything ____ he had stolen to the police.
A. that B. which C. whatever D. all
17. The foreign guests, ____ were government officials, were warmly
welcomed at the airport.
A. most of them B. most of that C. most of whom D. most of those
18. This is the very letter ____came last night.
A. who B. which C. that D. as
19. I know only a little about this matter; you may ask ____ knows better than I.
A. whoever B. whomever C. anyone D. the one
20. This is the school ____ we visited three days ago.
A. where B. / C. when D. what
16-20 ACCAB
21. This is the factory ____ we worked a year ago.
A. where B. that C. which D. on which
22. Nearby were two canoes ____ they had come to the island.
A. which B. in which C. that D. /
23. Jack is pleased with ____ you have given him and all ____ you have told him.
A. that, what B. what, that C. which, what D. that, which
24. Do you work near the building ____ colour is yellow?
A. that B. which C. its D. whose
25. In the dark street, there wasn’t a single person ____ she could turn for help.
A. whom B. who C. to whom D. form whom
21-25 ABBDC
26. Is this school ____ we visited three years ago?
A. the one B. which C. that D. where
27. Is this the school ____ we visited three years ago?
A. the one B. where C. in which D. /
28, How many students are there in your class ____ homes are in the country?
A. whose B. who C. whom D. which
29. Alice received an invitation from her boss, ____ came as a surprise.
A. it B. which C. that D. he
30. The train was crowded and I had to get into a carriage ____ already
seven other people.
A. when there were B. which there were
C. that there were D. where there were
26-30 ADABD
31. I live in the house ____ windows face south.
A. which B. whose C. where D. in that
32. ---- What game is popular with them? ---- The ____ most is tennis.
A. game they like it B. game they like
C. best game they like D. best game they like it
33. They stayed with me three weeks, ____ they drank all the wine I had.
A. which B. which time C. during which time D. during which
34. The room ____ Mr White lives is not very large.
A. that B. which C. where D. when
35. Don’t forget the day ____ you were received into the Youth League.
A. when B. that C. at which D. where
31-35 BBDCA
36. I’ve finished writing the novel, ____ is to be published next month.
A. that B. what C. which D. when
37. He returned home safe and sound after a fierce battle, ____ was unexpected.
A. which B. as C. that D. it
38. ____ we is known to all, English is not very difficult to learn.
A. What B. As C. That D. Which
39. The old man had three sons, all of ____ died during World War Ⅱ.
A. whose B. that C. whom D. who
40. I have bought two pens, ____ write well.
A. none of which B. neither of which C. both of which D. all of which
36-40 CABCC
41. Do you know the reason ____ she has changed her mind?
A. why B. which C. for that D. of which
42. He failed in the exam, ____ proves that he wasn’t working hard enough.
A. which B. what C. it D. that
43. During the week ____ he tried to collect materials for his article.
A. following B. followed C. to follow D. that followed
44. ____ was expected, he succeeded in the exam.
A. It B. Which C. As D. That
45. He studied hard and later became a well-known writer, ____ his father expected.
A. that was what B. what was that C. and which was D. which was what
41-45 AADCD
46. We should read such books ____ will make us better and wiser.
A. when B. as C. whose D. what
47. You must show my wife the same respect ____ you show me.
A. when B. as C. whose D. what
48. He is absent ____ is often the case.
A. what B. which C. who D. as
49. It is the first time ____ I have come to your city.
A. that B. which C. what D. when
50. Who ____ has the same idea as it will do it in this way.
A. who B. that C. whom D. which 46-50 BBDAB
51. I shall never forget those years ____ I lived in the country with
the farmers, ____ has a great effect on my life.
A. that, which B. when, which C. which, that D. when, who
52. This is the only book ____ I can find.
A. that B. which C. it D. with which
53. I don’t like ____ you speak to her.
A. the way B. the way in that C. the way which D. the way of which
54. That is one of those books that ____ worth reading.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
55. This is the only one of the students whose handwriting ____ the best.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
56. There was ____ to prevent the accident.
A. something could do B. anything we could do
C. nothing we couldn’t do D. nothing we could do
51-56 BAABAD
高考语法复习五
语法复习五：强调句、It的用法、省略和插入语
一、强调句
（一）强调句句型
1、陈述句的强调句型：It is/ was + 被强调部分（通常是主语、宾语或状语）+ that/ who（强调主语且主语指人可以用who,当然也可以使用that）+ 其它部分。
强调句式只是把句子中某些词(被强调部分)改变位置,所以把强调结构(it is/was... that/who)去掉之后,句子一定是完整的
e.g. It was yesterday that he met Li Ping.
2、一般疑问句的强调句型：同上，只是把is/ was提到it前面。这是重点
e.g. Was it yesterday that he met Li Ping?
3、特殊疑问句的强调句型：被强调部分（通常是疑问代词或疑问副词）+ is/ was + it + that/ who + 其它部分？ 一定要注意,这是出题点,也是考点,掌握它的最好方法是多记几个这样的句子,最后一定会融会贯通的.
e.g. When and where was it that you were born?
认真研究下面的例句.体会一句话语法: 强调句式只是把句子中某些词
(被强调部分)改变位置,所以把强调结构(it is/was... that/who)
去掉之后,句子一定是完整的
4、强调句例句：针对I met Li Ming at the railway station yesterday.
句子进行强调。
强调主语：It was I that (who) met Li Ming at the railway station yesterday.
强调宾语：It was Li Ming that I met at the railway station yesterday.
强调地点状语：It was at the railway station that I met Li Ming yesterday.
强调时间状语：It was yesterday that I met Li Ming at the railway station.
5、注意：构成强调句的it本身没有词义；强调句中的连接词一般只用that, who，即使在强调时间状语和地点状语时也如此，that, who不可省略；强调句中的时态只用两种，一般现在时和一般过去时。原句谓语动词是一般过去时、过去完成时和过去进行时，用It was … ，其余的时态用It is … 。
（二）not … until … 句型的强调句 这也是出题点和考点,掌握的方法: 多记几个这样的句子,最后一定会融会贯通的.
1、句型为：It is/ was not until + 被强调部分 + that + 其它部分
e.g. 普通句：He didn’t go to bed until/ till his wife came back.
强调句：It was not until his wife came back that he went to bed.
2、注意：此句型只用until，不用till。但如果不是强调句型，till, until可通用；因为句型中It is/ was not … 已经是否定句了，that后面的从句要用肯定句，切勿再用否定句了。
（三）谓语动词的强调
1、It is/ was … that … 结构不能强调谓语，如果需要强调谓语时，
用助动词do/ does或did。
e.g. Do sit down. 务必请坐。
He did write to you last week. 上周他确实给你写了信。
Do be careful when you cross the street. 过马路时，务必（千万）要小心啊！
2、注意：此种强调只用do/ does和did ，没有别的形式；过去时用did ，后面的谓语动词用原形。
二、It的用法
（一）作人称代词
1、it代替前面（或后面）的单数名词或分句等所表示的事物。
e.g. You cannot eat your cake but have it.（it代替前面的cake）
Although we cannot see it, there is air all around us. （it代替后面的air）
They sa2007年全国各地书面表达精华集（55篇）
1．
今年寒假，你参加了社会实践活动，去某旅行社当业余导游。请根据该旅行社提供的数据和你的所见所闻，用英语写一篇短文，作为寒假作业交给你的英语老师。
Number of people in City X travelling
abroad in 1996, 2001 and 2006

要求：1. 简析表格，说明产生这种现象的原因；2. 结合漫画，谈谈境外旅游出现的问题；
3. 针对所出现的问题阐述你自己的看法（至少两点）；
4. 词数120左右；5. 参考词汇：吐痰 spit v.
One possible version:
When people’s life is getting better and better, more and more people choose to spend their holidays abroad. The year 2006 sees a sharp increase in the number of overseas travelers compared with the year 2001, when the number was already more than doubled of the year 1996. It’s a good thing that Chinese tourism is developing very fast. And yet, reports about people’s bad manners flood in. Some are even asked if all Chinese spit and litter everywhere. The poor behavior has done great harm to the image of China, which is really shameful.
China has long been regarded as a country with good manners. Everybody should keep some do’s and don’ts in their mind to guide their behavior in public, home and abroad. Win respect for yourself and our country!
2．
目前，温州的街头出现了越来越多的猫与狗，对此“中学生英语报”组织了一场讨论：城市内是否可以饲养宠物。请你根据下表所提供的信息，介绍讨论情况，并说明自己的观点和建议。
支持饲养宠物
反对饲养宠物
你的观点
安慰孤寡老人
人与动物和谐相处，增添生活情趣
造成环境污染
吵闹声，甚至伤人
……
注意：1．词数100左右。2．可以适当增减细节，以使行文连贯。
3．开头语已为你写好。
Recently we have had a heated discussion on whether people should keep pets at home in cities.
One possible version:
Recently we have had a heated discussion on whether people should keep pets at home in cities. Some students think it’s a good idea to keep pets because old people who live alone at home can get some comfort from pets.. Besides, getting along well with animals will make our life interesting. On the contrary, the other students are against the idea. In their opinion, if too many people keep pets at home, it is bad for the environment. What is worse, pets may make too much noise and even attack people.
I like animals, so I don’t think it is bad to keep pets at home. But we must take some measures to prevent them from polluting our environment.
3．
近年来，一些西方节日在中国越来越流行。这种现象在网上引起热议。请根据下图描述中国人过洋节的情况，谈谈你对这种社会现象的看法，并将你写的东西在该英语论坛上发表。
要求：1. 表达连贯，逻辑正确。2. 字数100-120 参考词汇：情人节：Valentine’s Day
Western holidays such as Christmas, Valentine’s Day and ect. are getting more and more popular in China. Some Chinese people even get crazy on them. But at the same time, people seem to have less enthusiasm for our traditional festivals such as the Spring Festival and the Mooncake Festival. However, most people celebrate western holidays without knowing the meaning behind them. They just go shopping, hold parties and have fun.
In my opinion, the celebration of western holiday is a good way of learning the western cultures, which helps to promote understanding and communication between Chinese cultures
and other cultures. Besides, the celebration can also make our life more interesting. However,
we should make great efforts to preserve and enrich our own traditional culture.
4．
假如你是某中学学生李华。最近，你班同学正在参加21世纪英文报“大家谈”栏目的一个讨论。本次话题为：“父母有没有必要陪读？”
请你根据下表所列情况给报社写一封信，客观地介绍讨论的情况。
70%的同学认为：
30%的同学认为：
1．父母不应该陪读
2．父母陪读让我们养成依赖的习惯，不利于我们
将来自控能力的培养，不利于我们培养良好的
学习习惯。
3．父母陪读影响了他们的工作、学习和休息
1．父母应该陪读
2．父母陪读能使我们腾出更多的时间专心学
习，使我们身体更健康。
3．父母陪读能帮助我们确立学习目标，督促我
们完成学习任务，鼓励我们独立解决困难，
培养我们养成良好的学习习惯。
注意：
1．信的形式已经为你写好。2．词数100左右。
3．参考词汇：陪读 accompany sb. Studying at school 督促 urge
Dear editor,
I’m writing to tell you about the discussion we recently had about whether our parents should accompany us studying at school.
Dear editor,
I’m writing to tell you about the discussion we recently had about whether our parents should accompany us studying at school.
We do have different opinions on this matter. Most of us (about 70%) think out parents should not accompany us studying at school since it make us fall into the habit of dependence, so that we won’t form the good habit of studying. What’s more, it is harmful for us to form the habit of controlling ourselves. At the same time it affects our parents’ work studies and rest.
While about 30% of my classmates think it necessary for our parents to accompany us studying at school. Accompanying us studying school can let us have more time to spare for our studies. Besides, we shall be more healthy for their cooking. On the other hand our parents can help us set up our aim, urge us to finish our task, encourage us to overcome difficulties and get us into the good habit of studying.
Yours truly,
Li Hua
5．
假如你是王林， 李明是你的好友， 他对布朗先生的公司感兴趣，打算到该公司谋职（apply for a position）。请根据下面李明的简历表，用英语为他写一封推荐信。
词数110左右。
姓名
李明
性别
男
国籍
中国
出生地
江苏，启东
婚否
已婚
出生日期
1980.8.21
通讯地址
启东市人民路148号
电话
0513-83335550
职业
律师
学历
大学毕业
外语水平
擅长英语， 懂一些日语、德语
其他
有三年工作经历，办事认真，待人诚恳，与人和睦相处
Dear Mr. Brown,
I’d like to introduce my friend to you, Mr. Li Ming, who is going to apply for a position with your firm. He graduated from college three years ago and since then he has worked as a lawyer. He is good at English and knows some Japanese and German. He works hard and is careful in everything he does. He is honest, kind and easy to get on with. He was born on August 21st, 1980 in Qidong, Jiangsu Province, China. He is married and lives at No 148 Renmin Road, Qidong city. His telephone number is 0513-83335550. He shows great interest in your firm. If he is accepted, he will do his best. I’m sure he will be fit for the position. I’m looking forward to your early reply.
Yours,
Wang Lin
6．
近来，越来越多的学生在校外租房而不愿住大寝室。请根据下面提示，一分为二地用英语写一篇短文，说说两者各自的好处与坏处，并表明自己的观点。
1. 学习时间； 2. 安全； 3. 自由性； 4. 与同学交往； 5. 学习效果。
注意：可从其他角度阐述，但两方面的理由都至少要有两条；词数100左右。
Nowadays, some students would not like to live in a dorm. Instead, they rent houses outside the school. There are advantages for both. Living in a dorm can increase friendship and cooperation between classmates. And of cause it is safer. A dorm is more like a society, wich enables students to learn to a-dapt to each other, thus preparing for the social life later. As for renting houses to live alone, it’s better for study as you can feel free in your own room without being interrupted by others. As a result, you can have more time and devote yourself to studying whole-heartedly. But there may appear some safety prob-lems as you live outside of the school.
Anyhow, as a student, I prefer living in a dorm.
7．
假定你是李明，去年时期曾赴美国加州帕萨迪那市的一所中学进行短期参观访向，住在Peter家。今年寒假Peter要来北京，将住在你家。请根据下列信息给Peter发个电邮件。
内容
到京
到机场接机，举办欢迎家宴
活动
参观长城等名胜古迹
到场欣赏中国民乐新年音乐会
游览繁华市区、购物
希望
如行程允许，在北京过春节
注意：1．词数不少于60；2．对紧扣主题的发挥不予扣分；3．开头与结尾已为你写好。
January 26th , 2007
Hi ! It’s Li Ming here .
Glad to learn you’re coming to Beijing , China .




I believe we will have much fun together .
WELL , SEE YA SOON. BYE ! ( Li Ming
内容要点：1．接机、家宴；2．游览长城、市区及购物；3．欣赏新年音乐会；4．希望共渡春节
January 26th, 2007
Hi! It’s Li Ming here again.
Glad to learn you’re coming to Beijing in a couple of days. My family and I are looking forward to your visit and we are so glad you can stay with us while you are in Beijing. We have got everything ready for you so as to make you feel at home.
On the day you arrive, my father and I will meet you at the airport and in the evening we will have a nice dinner party at home, I’m sure you will like all the delicious Chinese food.
During the following days, I will show you around many places of interest in Beijing, including the Great Wall, which is regarded as one of the seven wonders of the world. We will spend some time touring around downtown Beijing, such as Wangfujing, Xidan and Qianmen, where you can do some shopping if you like. Of course, as it is the largest one in the world, Tian’anmen Square is a scenic spot we can’t miss. Another exciting moment we will share is going to the 2007 New Year Concert given by China National Traditional Orchestra, which is held at famous Vienna Golden Hall, Austria during the Chinese Spring Festival every year.
The Spring festival, like the carnivals in western countries, is a special joyous/joyful occasion of celebration for Chinese as well as other many Asians. If you can stay in Beijing long enough, you will be able to share the pleasure of it with us.
I believe we will have much fun together. WELL, SEE YA SON, BYR! Li Ming
8．
目前，许多学校对学生采取封闭式管理，学生对此看法不一。请根据下表所提供的信息，写一篇短文，谈谈自己的看法。(字数120左右)
有的同学认为
有的同学认为
学校限制我们的自由；学生和社会接触
少；学生的兴趣和爱好不能得到充分的
发展。因此……
学校是学习知识的地方：学生应该安心
在学校里学习；学生缺乏自觉性，离开了
老师，可能会……
你的看法：
注意：1.不要逐字翻译。2短文开头已给出，不计人总词数。
Nowadays a lot o1[ schools keep their students in school all day long.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Nowdays a lot of schools keep their students in school all day long.Students have different opinions about it. Some of the students think they enjoy less freedom and have little chance to get in touch with society.They are not able to fully develop their interests and hobbies. Therefore, they have lst interest in their studies.
Some others think school is the best place to get knowledge so they should put their heart into their lessons. Some students lack the ability to control themselves.Once out of school, they may lose control of themselves and do something that will influence/affect their studies.
Personally I think, it is necessary to keep students at school.But at the same time schools should organize various activities so that students can enjoy their school life.(I don’t agree to keep students at school all day. Schools should offer students more free time to develop their personal interests.
9．
来自你市的中学生小记者最近进行了一次采访活动。请根据下面表格中的内容为你校的英语园地写一篇报道。
时间
2007年1月15日
地点
经济开发区
采访人
40名中学小记者
被采访人
开发区主任王庆海
采访内容
过去一年的成绩
如何吸引投资
三年后开发区的前景
其他
1．除了笔、本，还用了数码相机、录音笔等现代设备
2．对一流的设计、漂亮的绿化、现代的建筑留下了深刻的印象
注意：1、词数：100左右
2、参考词汇：经济开发区the Economic Development Zone；小记者teenage report；投资investment；数码digital；录音笔recording pen；
Forty teenage reporters from different middle schools in our city paid a visit to the Economic Development Zone and had an interview with Wang Qinghai, head of the Zone, on January 15th, 2007.
At the interview, the reporters asked Mr Wang about what achievements they made last year, how they were to attract more investment and how the zone would be developing over the next three years. Mr Wang gave them satisfactory answers.
They used modern equipment, such as digital cameras and recording pens besides pens and note-books at the interview. They were deeply impressed by the first-class design of the zone, as well as beautiful trees and grass and modern buildings there.
10．
假设你是李华，寒假期间你准备和家人去香港迪斯尼乐园游玩。你想了解有关订票方面的具体情况，例如：可否在网上订票？团体购票是否可以打折？可否因故取消订票？你在互联网上查到了一份门票价格表（见下表），但还有些具体信息不明确。请给迪斯尼乐园发一封信，询问有关情况。
Ticket Prices
□Regular
□Peak
□Special
Adults
HK $ 295
HK $ 350
HK $ 350
Children
(aged 3 to 11)
HK $ 210
HK $ 250
HK $ 250
Seniors
(65 or over )
HK $ 170
HK $ 200
HK $ 200
Children under 3?
参考词汇：取消cancel 折扣 discount 要求：词数100左右；可根据内容要点适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。注意：信的开头与结尾已给出。
Dear Sir / Madam,






Yours,
Li Hua
Dear Sir / Madam
My family are planning a visit to Hong Kong Disneyland this winter vacation. I’ve got some information about the ticket prices on the Internet and now I’m writing for some detailed information.
I wonder whether children under 3 need to pay for a ticket and what is the difference between a peak day ticket and a special day ticket. Is it possible for us to get a discount if we buy tickets as a group? Can we book tickets through the Internet? Besides, I’d like to know if we are allowed to cancel our ticket bookings if we cannot make the trip for personal reasons.
I am looking forward to your reply
Yours,
Li Hua
11．
假定你是某中学学生李明。最近，你班同学正在参加《中国日报》21世纪中学生英文报“大家谈”栏目的一个讨论。本次话题为：父母的收入有没有必要让孩子知道?
请你根据下表所列情况给报社写一封信，客观地介绍讨论情况，并谈谈你的见解。
70％的同学认为：
30％的学生认为：
你的观点：
父母的收入应该让孩子知道。
父母的收入没有必要让孩子知道。
1．
2．
1．知其来之不易，能够更加努力学习；
1．如果知道父母收入较好，会助长乱花钱风气；
2．可以理解家长艰辛，学会节俭，为大人分忧。
2．知道父母收入后，会以为不用努力，也能靠父母，影响学习动力。
注意：1．词数：120左右。
2．信的开头已经为你写好，不计入总词数内。
3．参考词汇：form a wasteful habit
Dear editor,
I'm writing to tell you about the discussion we’ve recently had about whether we should know our parents'income._________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________.
Yours,
Li Ming.
Dear editor,
I’m writing to tell you about the discussion we’ve recently had about whether we should know our parents’ income.
We do have different opinions on this matter. Most of us(about 70%) think we should know our parents’ income since it will help us understand how hard our parents have to work, no matter how much they earn. Then we will study harder and will not waste money any more. We may also learn to share our parents’ trouble.
About 30% of my classmates think it unnecessary to let the children know how much their parents earn. If they know their parents have enough money to support the family, they will not study hard since they needn’t worry about the future. It is said，especially when their parents have a higher income, the children will easily form a wasteful habit.
In my opinion, ---
Yours,
Li Ming.
12．
众所周知，2008年奥运会将在北京举行。为了办好这次国际盛会，北京市将进一步改善环境，修建更多的体育场馆。与此同时，提高市民的素质和修养也势在必得，因为文明的举止在国际交往中非常重要。作为年轻人，我们自身也存在着一些不文明行为。请列举你所观察到的一些不文明行为（三种以上），并就此做出评论或提出建议。
It is known to all that the 2008 Olympic Games will be held in Beijing. In order to make it successful event, we will improve the environment of Beijing and build more venues . As the same time ,it is necessary for us to improve the quality and culture of the citizens as manners play an important role in international communication. I notice that sometimes some young people don’t behave properly in our daily lives. For example ,spitting in public places can be seen somewhere .The lawns are entered in the park although it is not right to do so .The flowers in public garden are picked .What is worse , rubbish and plastic bags are thrown on the ground in the street .
In my opinion, these bad behaviors will make bad impressions upon visitors to China . So every one of us should form good habits from now on.

13．
假如你是李华。去年夏天，你在一家国际中学生夏令营帮忙，收获颇多。今年，你想邀请你的好友Jane一起为夏令营工作。请你根据该夏令营的招聘广告及所给内容要点写一封信，说服Jane和你一同参加。开头已为你写好。（字数120词左右）
Dear Jane ,
I have already told you about the job I did last summer in the International Camp for children , do you remember ? And this year they are looking for people for the same job so I …






Dear Jane ,
I have already told you about the job I did last summer in the International Camp for children , do you remember ? And this year they are looking for people for the same job so I have thought about you . Why don’t we do it together ?
You will work with children between 8 and 12 and will help with the outdoor activities , sports competition and children’s games . The camp is situated in a wood , close to a river . It is such a beautiful place ! Everybody sleeps in tents , it is very exciting . We have only 5 hours’ work a day so it gives us enough free time to visit the area and do some sport activities on our own . As well as the accommodation , the food is free . It is not wonderful , but it is not the most important .
(The contact with children , the feeling of freedom , the sense of responsibility and the life in the nature make from this camp an unforgettable experience.)
Let me know as soon as possible if you are interested in it , but don’t hesitate too much , it is worth !
I am looking forward to hearing from you soon .
Yours
Li Hua
14．
假如你是一名高三学生，经常为看电视的事跟妈妈闹意见，今天你和妈妈达成一致。请根据以下表格的内容，以An Agreement为题写一篇120字左右的英语短文。
母亲
儿子
高三学生学习任务重，看电视浪费时间
学习一天很疲劳，看电视可以放松一下
儿子自制力差，看电视会影响学习，长期看电视会影响视力
看电视也可以增长知识，了解国际国内大事，紧跟时代
星期中不准我看电视，但在周末允许我看新闻、文艺、体育或科普类节目
注意：
1．字数100—120，短文的开头已给出，不计入总词数；
2．不要漏掉表格中的内容，但不能逐字翻译；
3．可适当增添合乎情理的过渡性语言。
I am a senior three student. I often quarrel with my mother over whether I can watch TV after school. My mother



I am a senior three student. I often quarrel with my mother over whether I can watch TV after school. My mother holds the view that students in senior three, shouldering heavy loads, are too busy to spare any time to watch TV. It seems to her that once I am allowed to do that I’ll not be able to control myself and forget all about my study. She also thinks that it is bad for my eyes to watch TV too often. But I really can’t accept her ideas. I think it is a relaxation to watch TV after a day’s hard work. Not only can it set my mind at rest, but it can broaden my horizons. Now we’ve at last reached an agreement that I can only watch TV at weekends, and the programs should be limited to news, programs if entertainment, sports or science.
15．
假设你是李华，请就食品卫生问题，给某报社英文栏目编辑写一封100词左右的信，内容要点如下：
1．你的邻居因食用从市场买回来的伪劣食品中毒；
2．你目睹了他们中毒与在邻里帮助下脱险的经过；
3．呼吁社会各界重视食品卫生与安全；打击牟取暴利的不法商贩。
注意：信的开头与落款已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear editor,
I’m writing to tell you about a food poisoning incident. Several days ago, my neighbor family ate a bag of fake food from the market. After the meal, they had stomachaches and brought up what they had eaten as their faces turned pale. Fortunately, another neighbor passed by only to find the accident and immediately called the ambulance, which carried them quickly to hospital. After several hours’ treatment they finally escaped from death.
From this all of us have realized the importance of food safety. As some illegal business men are only interested in making profits in the race to become rich quickly, they seldom care about the necessary safety measures and hygiene or care what happens to consumers. They must be charged by law. Meanwhile I do hope the whole society shall begin taking actions to protect people’s life safety.
Yours
Li Hua
16．
假设你是李华，明年即将进入大学学习，但是不知怎样适应大学的生活。请你就以下大学新生常遇到的情况给北京大学校长写一封信，寻求建议。
（1）在生活中不会照料自己；（2）感到孤独、经常想家；（3）钱物容易丢失；（4）食物、气候不适应；（5）校外租房现象。
注意：1.短信的开头和结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数； 2.词数120左右。
Dear President,
______ _ _________
Yours,
Dear President,
Next year I will go to study at university, but I don’t know how to adapt myself to university life. I hear many freshmen are at a loss what to do when they are at university. They can’t take care of themselves in their everyday life, feeling lonely and homesick. Clothes, money or mobile phones are sometimes gone. And because of different climates and food, they often feel sick. Some even rent rooms outside the campus. Could you tell me how to deal with these problems so that I will be able to suit the university life in the future?
Yours,
Li Hua
17．
高考是全社会关注的大事，学校和家庭表现尤为突出。家庭成员对考生从学习到生活给予无微不至的"关怀"，结果却给考生带来负面影响。根据图画所描述的内容写一篇文章,并发表自己的观点(夹叙夹议)。词数120左右。
As the College Entrance Examination is drawing near，________________________
As the College Entrance Examination is drawing near, the situation is getting worse and worse. From the picture, we can see that Li Ming is "studying hard". There are many books for him to read and many papers for him to do. How poor he is! At the same time, all his family are also busy working for him.
Nowadays, many parents expect too much of their sons or daughters. They hope that their sons or daughters study hard in order to be admitted to an ideal college or a key university. It is for this reason that parents are strict with their children. However, they don’t realize what they have become a heavy burden or a great pressure. It is the hard work or the great pressure that changes their children that much.
So I hope parents provide a proper environment for their children. Only in this way, will they try their best and succeed at last!
本文是夹叙夹议类的文章，主要反映家庭对考生的特别"关注"给他们带来负面影响。在写作过程中，对主题要审准、审清，对发展过程和结果进行叙述。
18．
五月四日，高三年级一班和二班之间将进行一次有关环保问题的演讲比赛（a talk show on environment protection）。此前，二班邀请清华大学的Dr Li做相关内容的报告。
假定你是二班的班长，请你草拟一个有关报告会的口头通知。
注意：1.内容应包括提示及表格内的全部要点；
2.词数在100左右；
3.开头已为你写好。
报告内容
近些年北京的环境问题及已取得的进步
地 点
教学楼三楼会议厅（auditorium）
时 间
四月三十日，星期三下午 2：00
目 的
帮助大家收集信息，为演讲做好准备
参加人员
全班同学
其他安排
会后议论
May I have your attention, please?
As you know, our class will have a talk show on environment protection with Class One on May 4th. Before it takes place, we




May I have your attention, please?
As you know, our class will have a talk show on environment protection with Class One on May 4th.Before it takes place, we will invite Dr Li from Qinghua University to give us a talk on the environment problem and he will also tell us about t
he improvement in environment protection in recent years in Beijing.
The report will begin at 2:00 pm on Wednesday, April 30th in the auditorium on the third floor in the classroom building. I’m sure we can get enough information from his talk to make good preparations for the coming talk show. everyone should be there on time, then listen to the report and make full notes at the same time.
By the way, we will have a discussion after the report.
That’s all. Thank you.
19．
假如你是业余气象员，你从电台天气预报节目得知了今晚和明天上午你处的天气情况，晚饭后6点钟在校广播室用英语向全体师生作天气预报，并提出忠告。要点如下：
①午夜至凌晨两点有强劲北风。 ②气温将下降5-8度。
③明天上午有阵雨。 ④要求同学们今晚离开教室时关好门窗。
⑤明天早上起床时多穿些衣服，以防感冒。
词数100在右。
Attention, please.
It is six o'clock in the afternoon. I'm now giving the weather forecast as usual. From midnight to 2:00 tomorrow morning there will be strong north wind blowing across our town and the temperature will drop by 5-8℃.Also there will be showers tomorrow morning. Therefore be sure to close all the windows when you leave your classroom tonight and when you get up tomorrow morning. Please put on more clothes in order to protect yourself catching cold.
That's all. Thank you.
20．
假定你是李华，有一位美国朋友Smith托你在北京找工作。你看到21世纪英文报(“21 st Century”)上刊载了一则招聘启事，认为对他很合适。请用英文写一封信，用e-mail发给Smith，告知此事。广告原文如下：
Foreign Teachers Wanted!
The Education Department of the Ladder Company is running an English course for
children and adults.
Requirements:
1.Name English speaker
2.University degree in educational related field preferred
3.Foreign expert certification(证明).
If you are interested, please call us:
Tel:86-10-68019433
E-mail: liecbj@ hotamil.com
Beijing Ladder Information
Company Limited
注意：1.开头语已为你写好。
2.介绍须包括所有内容，但不要逐条译成英语。
3.报导的长度为100字左右。
Dear Smith,
I know you want to find a job in Beijing.



Dear Smith:
I know you want to find a job in Beijing. I read an advertisement in today’s “21st Century”, teachers an English paper here. A Beijing Ladder Information Company is running a school. So they need native-speaker English teaches. What they prefer is a university degree in education or other related fields, which you have. And a foreign expert certification is also required. I think you are the right person they want.
If you are interested, please directly call or write to the company. They telephone number is 86-10-68019433, and their e-mail address is: liecbj @ hotmail.com
Good luck,
Li Hua
21．
你的一天活动安排如下，请你据此写一篇日记。
时 间
地 点
活 动 安 排
8：00
校门口
欢迎美国学生（约50人）到校参加访问
8：30-9：30
图书馆阅鉴室
联欢会（get-together）,交换礼品
9：30-10：30
校园内
参观教学楼、实验楼、校办工厂、游泳池
10：30-11：30
操场
友谊篮球赛
12：00
校门口
美国学生离校
14：00-17：00
几家书店
和几名同学选择、购买了书和磁带
交换：exchange vt.?
2003年11月25日 星期六 晴
Nov. 25 Saturday fine
About fifty American students came to visit our school today.
We gathered at the school at 8 o'clock to give them a warm welcome. Then we had a get-together in the reading room in our library. Our headmaster told them something about our school. And then we talked with each other and exchanged gifts. From nine thirty we showed them around our school. They visited our classroom building, the lab building, the factory run by our school, and the swimming pool. A friendly basketball game started on the sports ground at then thirty. At twelve o'clock all American students left our school.
In the afternoon my classmates and I went to some shops. We chose and bought some books and tapes.
I was busy but happy today.
22．
假定你叫张平，寒假欲赴美国。你写信通过你的美国朋友Smith，告诉他你的行期及航班，嘱咐他到洛杉矶杨接你。
行期：2月2日 10:30AM
航班：NW 1805
第一站：Defroif，停留三小时
终点站：Los Angeles Airport
总行程：约18小时
注意：信的开头已给出，内容可以适当增减。词数100左右。
Dear Smith, Jan. 20th
Dear Smith, Jane, 20th
I have got my plane ticket this morning. I'll take Flight NW 1805 to the U.S.A. on Feb. 2nd.The plane takes off at 10:30 am, from Beijing Airport. The first stop in Detroit and there I'll have to stay about 3 hours. And then it continues its flight and arrives at Los Angeles. I am told the whole journey will last some 18 hours. Will you be kind enough to meet me at the Airport when I arrive at Los Angeles?
Thank you
Best wishes.
Yours,
Zhang Ping
23．
下面是你班班会上以“中学生是否能佩带手机”为题进行讨论的情况。请你写一封信给21st Century报的编辑说明该情况，并附带表明你自己的观点。
比例
40%学生赞同
60%学生不赞同
理由
1.便于同亲友联系；
2.可以上网查资料；
3.空余时间玩玩游戏调节大脑；
4.储存有用信息。
1.手机辐射对人健康有害；
2.响铃影响自己和他人学习；
3.属奢侈品；
4.容易引起相互攀比。
注意：1.要包含所有的要点，但不要逐条翻译；2.字数约100字。3.信的开头和结尾已写好
Dear Sir,
I'm writing to tell you

Best wishes
Dear Sir,
I'm writing to tell you something about our discussion on the topic“Whether Middle School Students Can Carry Mobile phones (Cell phones)" at the class meeting.
Forty percent students agreed, for they thought it was convenient for them to communicate with their relatives and friends. They also thought they could surf the Internet to search for some information and store some useful information in the m. Besides, they could play games for rest if they feel tired after a long time's study.
However, sixty percent of us were against it. They said the radiation of cellphones was harmful to health, and the ringing sound did somewhat affect the cellphone holders and others. Also, cellphones were luxurious things for middle school students and it was easy to lead them to compare with each other.
As far as I am concerned, I agree with the majority. It is not suitable for middle school students to have cellphones. We can get in touch with others by other means and we can read more books to enrich ourselves.
Best wishes.
Yours
Kate
24．
下面是一个学生的情况登记表，请用英语将表中所列情况进行全面介绍。
姓 名
李 刚
性别
男
出生年月
1982.9
籍贯
山东
现就读学校
北京外国语大学英语系
职 务
团支部书记
兴趣、爱好、特长
体育运动、唱歌、跳舞、口语流利
志 向
当一名好翻译
学校鉴定
该生多才多艺，出类拔萃
主要家庭成员情况简介
父母：教师，工作认真，教学成绩优秀，受人尊敬
姐姐：医生，在一家医院工作，远近闻名
要求：
1.层次要清楚，条理性要强； 2.字数在100~140字。
Li Gang, a boy student of 21,is now studying in the English Department of Beijing
Foreign Languages University. He likes sports and games, singing and dancing, and can speak English fluently. As a League secretary, he is highly spoken of by the teachers and students and regarded as an outstanding student with great ability.
Li Gang is from Shandong Province. His parents are both teachers. They are dearly loved and respected by the students for their wonderful teaching work. Li Gang's elder sister, a famous doctor, works in a big hospital.
Li Gang has made up his mind to be a good translator after graduation and serve
“the four modernizations”of our country.
25．
下面四幅图片描述的是星期天上午在中山公园里发生的一件事。请根据图片所提供的信息用英语为你校的“英语园地”写一篇短文。
注意：
①短文须包括所有图片的主要内容。短文的内容要连贯、完整。
②词数：100左右。
③参考词汇：货摊stand（n．）；抢夺anatch（v．）；
④短文开头已给出。
One Sunday morning, there were some people in Zhongshan Park.



One Sunday morning, there were some people in Zhongshan Park. At a stand, a woman was buying an ice – cream when a young man behind her snatched her handbag away. She shouted: “Stop thief! He’s snatched my bag!” Hearing this, a few people began to run after him. There was an old man sitting quietly on a bench nearby. As the snatcher was running past him, the old man quickly picked up his umbrella and put it between the snatcher’s legs. The young man fell down on the ground. Soon two policemen came and caught him. The woman thanked the old man, and the people around praised the old man for his cleverness.
26．
日前，针对学生的零用钱（pocket money）的消费方向，你对你们市某中学的高中和初中的部分学生进行了问卷调查．得出数据如下表。现请你用英文给某报社编辑写一封信，反映这一情况，并呼吁中学生树立正确的消费观。
注意：1．书信中不必一一列举具体数字，只要抓住主要问题和数据说明问题即可。
2．字数：120~150字。开头已给出．不计人总词数。
Dear editor．
Recently a survey has been done to find out how middle school students spend their pocket money．
___________________________________________________________________________
Dear editor, Recently a survey has been done to find out how middle school students spend their pocket money. In this survey, both junior students and senior students spend most their money on books, sacks and playing games, still some money goes to clothes, banks, sports, and so on. The survey shows that about 44％ of seniors prefer books to sacks （37%）and playing games （31%）.On the other hand, only 32％ of juniors will spend their pocket money buying books, while over a half buy sacks and 44％ spend on playing games. Both seniors and juniors would not waste too much money in clothes or put it in banks.
I think too much sacks will not only makes us put on weight but also does herm to our health. In addition. if we play games without limit, we'll lose much precious time, which results in low grades. Furthermore, the money is hard-earned. I hope we students value our money as well as our time.
27．
根据下列图示以 “The New Grading System in Our School”为题为你校英语报写一篇短文,说明这一举措以及你对学校实施这一举措的认识.
要求: 1.词数 100字左右, 已给出部分不包括在内.
生词: 评分体制grading system 参与participation（n.）
① tests
② notes
③ homework
④ class participation
⑤ team work
The New Grading System in Our School
In order to help students develop their abilities in all fields, our school now has asked the teachers to make some changes in the grading system. This chart shows how it works.
The New grading system in Our School
In order to help students develop their abilities in all fields, our school now has asked the teachers to make some changes in the grading system. This chart shows how it works.
The students’ final score will be made up of 5 parts. About 30% of it will come from their test results. The rest of the score is decided by the performances of the students in the following parts: 20% comes from your notes, and another 20% is decided by how you do your homework. If you take an active part in classroom activities, you can get another 20% of the score. Teamwork in class is also important. If you want a higher score, you should be good at working together with your classmates.
In my opinion, our school has made a good decision. This new grading system will certainly help to improve ourselves in all ways.
28．
假设你是李华。你在澳大利亚笔友John计划在2月18日至24日来北京旅游，希望你帮他安排住处和活动内容，请根据以下内容给他回一封100词左右的信。信的开头及结尾已为你写好。
1．可以住你家，你哥哥恰好此期间外出。
2．主要活动内容：长城（一天），北海公园和你的学校（一天），故宫和天安门（一天），购物或做其他（一天）。
3．可去机场迎接，希望告知抵达的时间和航班。
参考词汇：颐和园—the Summer Palace
故宫—the Forbidden City
Dear John,
I’m so glad to know that you are coming to Beijing.

Dear John,
I’m so glad to know that you are coming to Beijing. It so happens that my brother will be away on business through 18 – 24, so you can stay with us if you like. I’ve made a 5 – day schedule for you: the Great Wall（on 18, Day 1）, Beihai Park and my school（Day 2）, the Summer Palace（Day 3）, the Forbidden City and the Tian’ anmen Square（Day 4）. Nothing special is planned for Day5. You can do some shopping or something else. Please tell me the date of your arrival and your flight number so I can meet you at the airport.
I’m looking forward to seeing you in Beijing.
29．
下表是对某中学高三一班50个学生健康问题的调查表。请根据表格内容，综述学生当前存在的健康问题，并就中学生如何保持身心健康提出自己的建议。
问题类型
学习焦虑
逆反心理
缺乏交往
睡眠不足
缺乏锻炼
视力不佳
人数
35
20
15
40
25
35
比例
70％
40％
30％
80％
50％
70％
词数要求: 120-150
___________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
As is apparently shown in the chart above, many middle school students have problems both physically and mentally, with 70% of students having learning anxieties as well as bad eyesight, and a larger percentage lacking sleep. Coming next is the lack of physical exercise. 40% of the students surveyed won't obey their parents or teachers. Still fewer claimed not to have enough communication with others.
So far as 1 am concerned, we students should balance our physical exercise and studies. Just like a saying goes:" All work but no play makes Jack a dull boy," without a sound body one cannot achieve anything; however, too much attention has been paid only to studies. Therefore, I suggest we be given less homework and more time for out-of--classroom activities to solve all the problems. Only in this way can we lead a healthy life.
30．
下面的饼状图（pie chat）显示了你对你校学生兴趣爱好的调查结果。请你用英语给English Weekly写一篇短文，报道你的调查结果，并对此结果发表你的看法或建议。字数120词左右。首句已给出（不计入词数）。
A recent survey shows what the students of our school like to do in their spare time.
A recent survey shows what the students of our school like to do in their spare time. From the pie chat, we can see 53% of the students like sports, so doing sports is the most popular activity in our school. The second popular activity for students is surfing the Internet and 36 % of the students have interest in it. Only a few students, about 8 percent of them, take reading as a hobby. And even fewer are fond of playing musical instruments.
In my point of view, our school should have more sports facilities built to satisfy the need of the students. Guidance should be given to students on surfing the Internet and ways must be found to arouse students’ interests in reading and music.
31．
请根据下列两幅图写一篇短文，短文内容包括以下几个要点：
①妈妈阻止儿子去扶摔倒的女孩；②儿子对于倒了的油瓶置之不理。
写作时要适应发挥，语言连贯，要写出妈妈的惊诧，还要写自己对此幅漫画的感受和观点。词数：100左右。
Do you understand this cartoon ? Let me tell you . One day ,the son wanted to help a little girl up when she fell over , but his mother stopped him and said , “Don’t do that , otherwise others will think it was you who knocked her down .” A few days later , the mother was shocked at seeing her son just let the fallen oil bottle be . She asked him why he didn’t put it in place , but the boy talked back , “If I had straightened the bottle up , you would have thought that I did it .”
I disagree with what the mother did in the story . I think parents should set a good example to their children . They should not only care for their children’s health , but their minds . They should let their children know it’s a pleasure to help others who are in trouble . We live in the society which is a bit family for all of us . Everyone should do something good to build up our society .
32．
2月4日，星期天上午，你们班同学骑车到学校附近的公园组织了一次环保活动。请根据下表内容，写一篇日记，发表你对此次活动的看法。
1组
扫除：清理废纸、烟蒂、塑料袋等废弃物
2组
宣传：树立标牌，告诉游客要爱护花木
3组
演讲：向游客宣传“白色污染”的害处以及保护环境的重要性
你的看法
……
注意：
1．日记必须包括表内所有的内容，可以适当增加细节，使内容连贯；
2．日记格式及首句已给出，不列入总词数；
3．词数：100词左右。
4．参考词汇：烟蒂cigarette end
February 4, Sunday Fine
This morning our class organized an environmental protection activity in the nearby park.

February 4, Sunday Fine
This morning our class organized an environmental protection activity in the nearby park. On arriving there, we were divided into three groups .The first group collected the rubbish ,such as the waste paper ,cigarette ends ,plastic bags and so on. The second group set up several boards to remind the visitors to take care of the flowers and trees. The last group gave a speech to the visitors on the danger of “white pollution” and the importance of protecting the environment.
I think it is very important for us to protect the environment .For the sake of people’s health and happiness ,measures should be taken to control and prevent pollution and everyone should make a contribution to it.
33．
肥胖已经成为危害人们健康的严重问题，中小学生的肥胖趋势更为明显。你们班对此展开讨论。根据不同的观点，写一篇100词左右的短文。
1．肥胖危害健康，应该节食，锻炼，预防肥胖。已经超重的，应该采取措施减肥。
2．中学生长身体的时候，减肥会影响身体发育，也会影响学习，因此应该顺其自然。
肥胖：fatness

Fatness is one of the serious problems which have a bad effect on our health. And at present the situation in the teenagers is even worse, As to this, a discussion was carried out in our class.
Some students think fatness does harm to our health, so it is necessary to be on a diet and take suitable exercise to prevent it. Those who are overweight should take measures to lose weight to be healthy.
But others have a different opinion. They say losing weight will he bad for the teenagers during their growth course, as well as their studies. So there is no doubt to leave it as it is.
34．
假设你是李华，你上个星期天去市图书馆看书时发现以下问题，你写信向馆长Mr“反映：
1．新书太少；
2．书架上的书比较混乱；
3．阅览室的一盏灯坏了；
4．管理员工作时彼此闲聊。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．信的开头和结尾已经为你写好，不计入总词数。
Dear Mr. Li,
Last Sunday, I went to do some reading in your library.___________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
So, for the sake of readers, I suggest that you change all these as son as possible.
Yours,
Li Hua
Dear Mr. Li,
Last Sunday, I went to do some reading in your library. Over the time 1 was there, I found something unpleasant. Therefore, I' d like to voice nay opinions, which, I hope, would be of help for you to create a more comfortable place for readers.
First, there are few" new books on the shelf, and most books are not popular today. Second, some books are not sorted in proper order, making it difficult for readers to find what they want quickly. Third, the assistants didn't offer good service. Instead, they were chatting. In addition, they took no notice of the fact that a light wasn't working. Leave this state of affairs to stay the same, and I am afraid there will be fewer and fewer readers.
So, for the sake of readers, I suggest that you change all these as son as possible.
Yours,
Li Hua
35．
假如你叫王平，根据图表提示，给你的加拿大网友Smith 写一封信，介绍你的寒假生活（共
20天），可根据自己的实际情况添加细节。
注意：1．词数：100左右； 2．开头已经给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Smith,
How are you? How time flies! Now the winter vacation was over and I have come back to school again.

Dear Smith,
How are you? How time flies! Now the winter vacation was over and I have come back to school again.
We had 20 days in all for the holiday, during which we had the most important Chinese Festival—the Spring Festival. It took me about a week to visit my relatives and attend family parties, as it is a traditional custom in China. Of course, I spent most of the time doing my lessons. As you know, I will take the National Examination in June and there’s a short time ahead. Every day I did some English reading materials, practiced writing compositions, worked out a number of
science problems and so on. When I got tired, I would do something to relax myself, like playing basketball with my friends, listening to music, surfing the Internet, playing games, and everything that helped to recover my energy.
In a word, I had a full, busy and wonderful holiday. How about you? I’m looking forward to hearing from you soon.
Yours,
Wang Ping
36．
去年，上海复旦大学开始通过面试自主招收学生，今年又有一些学校加入到这一行列。这一新的招生方式在学生中引发了一场讨论。假如你是李华，请根据下表提供的内容给二十一世纪报编辑写一封信反映讨论情况。
60% 的学生赞成
40%的学生反对
1．面试可以全面综合地评价一个学生；
2.鼓励学生发展个性和特长；
3．社会需要一种更加开放和有效的录取方式。
1.面试带有主观性、片面性，可能不公正；
2.并非所有学生都擅于在面试中展示自己；
3.不可能在3-5分钟内评价一个人。
注意：1.开头已为你写好，不计人总词数。
2.词数：100左右
3.参考词汇：comprehensive综合的，subjective主观的，one-sided片面的，evaluate 评价
Dear Editor,
Recently, a discussion has been held in our school on whether it is reasonable for the universities to admit students through interviews. The results are as follows:
________________________________________________________________________________
Dear Editor,
Recently, a discussion has been held in our school on whether it is reasonable for the universities to admit students through interviews. The results are as follows:
60% of the students support this action. They express that interviews can evaluate a student in a more thorough and comprehensive way. It can encourage students to develop their own interests and personalities. What’s more, with the development of society, a more open and efficient way to test a student’s abilities is needed.
On the other hand, the other 40% students are against this idea. They argue that first, interviews may be subjective and one-sided, which could lead to unfairness. Second, not all students are good at showing their talents in interviews. Last but not least, a student can’t be judged in only three or five minutes.
37．
下面是一所学校的课程表。请以“My thought on a timetable in a middle school” 为题，按照下列要求写一篇英语短文。
1．简要概括表格内容；
2．给出自己的观点。
一个中学生的课表
星期时间
星期一
星期二
星期三
星期四
星期五
星期六
上
午
1
数学
英语
数学
英语
语文
数学
2
语文
数学
英语
数学
英语
语文
3
英语
生物
物理
化学
历史
英语
4
政治
地理
历史
语文
数学
物理
下
午
5
体育
化学
地理
生物
体育
化学
6
物理
作文
政治
化学
物理
地理
7
自习
作文
心理
自习
政治
历史
晚 上
作业
作业
作业
作业
作业
From this table, we can see that a middle school student in China has as many as 12 different subjects in a week. A child under this schedule will have to go to school every day including a half of Saturdays. The total studying time in a week adds up to as many as 45 hours.
Knowledge is important. But this does not mean what you get out of the text books. “Pure” text-book knowledge can be useless without combining it with practice. It becomes worse if it is acquired at the cost of the students’ health and sense of happiness.
So what we should do is to reduce the academic burden of the students. Add in more “free time” for them. The students may find studying more interesting and will be more willingly to do it under better health conditions.
38．
目前家长为孩子请家教是一种普遍现象。前几年多见于初、高中学生，现在有些小学生也请家教。父母们如此舍不得花钱和忍心占去孩子的时间，究竟是为什么呢？某中学生英语报正在征文，了解其中原因。请根据下面所给的标题和首段内容，分析慢、中、快三类学生请家教的原因并说明你对家教现象的态度。
参考词汇：
1．慢等生：catch up with sb. ; become dependent on sth.依赖……
2．中等生：surpass vt.超过
3．快等生：more competitive 更有竞争力的
注意：
1．词数：100词左右。
2．请在答题卡上作答。
Why Students Have Tutors（家教）？
Les’s take one class, either in primary or high school, as an example and divide it into three groups: the slow, the middle, and the fast learners. In the past, the slow learners used to have tutors. Today, however, it seems all of them have tutors for one reason or another.……
Why Students Have Tutors（家教）？
Les’s take one class, either in primary or high school, as an example and divide it into three groups: the slow, the middle, and the fast learners. In the past, the slow learners used to have tutors. Today, however, it seems all of them have tutors for one reason or another.
The slow learners need tutors because they can’t catch up with others with their own efforts. They have difficulty in understanding the teachers and doing their homework. So after – class tutoring is really important to them. But the problem is that they may become dependent on tutors and not work very hard in class.
As to the middle group learners, they worry about being surpassed and turn to tutors, too.
What about the fast learners? Though they are confident about their present position, they are not quite satisfied. They fix their eyes on a high goal. They desire to learn more in order to be more competitive later.
I think they have the right to have tutors, though I have no tutors.
39．
人类已进入了一个崭新的世纪，不同的人有不同的幸福观。某英语杂志正在中学生中进行幸福观讨论，请你根据下表的提示，用英语写一篇短文，叙述一些人的观点及理由，发表对其中某一观点的看法，并表明自己的观点和理由，然后向该刊投稿。
Students
Opinion
Reason
Some
Money
Buying and doing anything
Some
Health
For enjoyment
Some
Wealth from parents
Free from work
I
…
…
注意：
1．不要照抄表中的原句，否则酌情扣分。
2．词数：120左右。开头已给出，不计入总词数）。
What is happiness in my mind?
Happiness means different things to different people. For example, some________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
What is happiness in my mind?
Happiness means different things to different people. For example, some students, believe that if they have much money or large possessions, they will be happy. They believe that they will be able to do anything they want to if they have much money. Some students think that they should be in good health, and enjoy whatever they like. Many students wish to have much wealth from their parents. In this way they don’t have to work hard, and they can own everything .
I don’t quite agree with the above points. I don’t think money means happiness. We can’t buy many of the things with money, such as health and knowledge, I value knowledge, which makes me happy, for I can do much for mankind with knowledge. Although different people value happiness differently, my happiness comes from my study.
40．
You want to write an article for your school newspaper about your friend Liangliang. He used to be overweight and didn’t like to be active. After exercising and going on a diet, he now looks like a different boy. Write your article according to the following pictures and also give people some of your own advice.
　1．120字左右
　2．开头已为你写好，不计入总词数.
　3．参考词汇：overweight, chicken and chips, balanced diet, good figure / shape
Liang liang is no longer the boy he used to be – he has changed greatly.


Liang liang is no longer the boy he used to be – he has changed greatly. Only a year ago, he was overweight and a little lazy. He got tired easily and did not like sports. His favorite meal was fried chicken and chips. One day, he realized that he couldn’t continue like this. So, he decided to change. He started to exercise. He ran in the school playground every day. He also began eating a healthier diet of more fruits and vegetables, and less meat. These changes helped him lose a lot of weight. He is now a very happy boy in very good shape, and he is always so active. What can we learn from Liang liang to feel better and look better? We should all be careful about what we eat and make sure that we get enough exercise.
41．
某英文网站正在开展关于填报志愿时首先考虑专业还是学校的讨论。请你根据下面所给的要点提示，用英语写一篇短文，描述学生中存在的两种看法，并谈谈你自己的看法，将此文在该网站的BBS上发表。
观点
理由
1
首先选择专业
1．可以学习自己感兴趣的东西；
2．便于将来从事自己喜爱的工作。
2
首先选择大学
1．学习环境对人的成长很重要；
2．名牌大学的毕业生在求职时常会受到青睐。
3
你的看法（内容由考生自己拟定）
注意：1. 词数：100左右。开头已为你写好，不计入总词数；
2. 内容可适当发挥，注意行文连贯。
Every student will be faced with the question after he passes the college entrance examinations: Should we choose a good major or a good university first? ________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Every student will be faced with the question when he passes the college entrance examinations: Should we choose a good major or a good university first? Some students prefer to consider majors first so that they can learn what they are interested in. It will also make it possible for them to take their favorite jobs in the future. However, those who think differently believe that the environment is important to one’s development and that graduates from leading universities are often more likely to find a good job. In my opinion, the best choice is a good major at a good university. If we cannot obtain both, the first thing to consider is a good major, because no matter where we study, we can still achieve a lot in a certain field if we try our best.
42．
我国正提倡建设“节约型社会”，下图为某校两个学期用水、用电、用纸的情况。请对其进行简要分析，以 “How to build an economized society”为题，写一篇作文，谈谈自己的想法。
用 电
用 水
用 纸
上学期
80万元
62万元
11万元
下学期
95万元
73万元
12.7万元
文章须包括以下要点：
节电：及时关闭电灯、电脑等用电设备
节水：随手关闭水龙头；废水利用
节纸：纸张再利用
补充：自己日常生活所感所为
注意：
词数：100—120字，短文标题，开头已给出，但不计入总词数。
内容可适当发挥，注意行文贯通。
How to build an economized society
Our government is aiming to build an economized society. It is everybody’s duty to work hard to achieve this goal including us students.



How to build an economized society
Our government is aiming to build an economized society. It is everybody’s duty to work hard to achieve this goal including us students.
Recently, the statistics in the report of one certain school in two school terms suggests that the expenses of electricity, water and paper are surprisingly large and growing rapidly, which draws our attention.
As a common member of society, we must keep the following points in our minds. Firstly, make sure that the lights and all the other electric facilities are turned off when we finish our work and leave the room. Secondly, try to form the habit of turning off the tap after it is used and the wide water can be reused for more purposes before being thrown into sewers. Thirdly, save paper as much as possible in our everyday life. It is even better to reuse it.
In a word, if we pay much attention to our everyday behavior and take actions to reduce waste, we can make contributions to an economized society.
．
43．
近来，长江中学开展“献爱心，送温暖”活动，号召广大学生向贫困或受灾地区捐款捐物。请你参考下列表格要点提示，以“捐款还是捐物”为题写一篇120字左右的英语短文。可适当增加内容。
关于捐款
关于捐物
1．捐款可以直接帮助人们购买生活必需用品或用于重建家园等。
2．中学生无生活来源，无钱捐献。
1．捐物可以旧物利用。
2．捐物可能造成浪费，因为有些人得到的捐物并非自己所需要的物品。
参考词汇：生活必需品 daily necessities
We often give money to the people in poor or disaster-stricken areas. Some students don’t think it a good way to help people there .However ,some prefer helping the unfortunate with money.
In their opinion, money can be used to buy daily necessities and can help people rebuild their hometowns ,while sometimes the things people there receive are not what they need actually.
But some other students think that giving used clothing to the people in those areas is better .Many people ,especially in rich areas and in cities ,have much clothing they no longer like or need. By giving it away to the needy people we can make the best use of it . Besides ,we are just students ,and we have no incomes of our own.
Anyhow ,no matter which way is considered better ,we should try our best to help those who need help.
44．
假设你是李明， 你的美国朋友杰克听说你校正在开展研究性学习，来信询问有关情况，请你写一封信，谈一谈开展研究性学习前后，你的学习情况的变化。
注意：1用书信格式。
2词数：100左右
3 生词：研究性学习exploring study ，上网surf the internet。
过去
现在
课堂
老师讲解知识点，学生听讲，记笔记。
老师提出问题，学生互相讨论或学生自己提出问题自己讨论解决。
完成大量的作业。
丰富多彩的课外活动，如读自己感兴趣的书籍， 去图书馆或上网查资料。
Dear Jack,
How nice to hear from you again.
Dear Jack,
How nice to hear from you again. You want to know what is going on in our school. In short, things have been improving since the school began to carry out exploring study.In the past, the teachers always kept on explaining the points in class. We students just listened and took notes. But now we often discuss and try to solve the problems raised by the teachers or ourselves.After class, we enjoyed different kinds of activities instead of doing endless homework. For example, we can read what we are interested in. We ccan go to the library or surf the Internet for various kinds of information.
In a word, we are now masters of study, and we are happy.
Best wishes.

Yours,
Li Ming
45．
据报载，日前北方某知名作家走上街道，公开乞讨。其原因是他没有象其同事一样坐班，领导便停发他的工资。
请以“作家要不要坐班”为题，写一篇字数约100字的英语短文，简述其事并发表自己的看法。（文章开头已给）。
It is reported that a well-known writer went to the street begging
It is reported that a well-known writer went to the street begging because of his unpaid salary caused by his not working in the office . It caused the widespread concern whether writers need to be in office or at home to do the writing .
Even though opinions differ , I want to speak out my voice . Well I prefer the ideas writers should stay at home . For one thing , the good writing is the production of inspiration which can be spoiled by staying in the office doing nothing at all . For another thing , to stay at the office getting the same salary every month can somehow encourage laziness .
Considering every factor offered above , I think it is high time that we regarded the phenomenon as a sign to take measures to help the writers enjoy the freedom writing at home providing us wonderful works
46．
阅读下面漫画，先对漫画的内容进行描述，然后对这一现象发表自己的看法。（100词左右）
参考词汇：
西瓜皮：water-melon skin
长凳：bench
One possible version
The boy and the girl in the picture sat on a bench talking merrily while eating a water-melon. When they went away they left the melon’s skin on the bench, making it very dirty. They didn’t want to take any trouble throwing it into the dustbin although it was very near where they were sitting. Instead, they said that there would be someone who should clean the rubbish.
However, what they did violate public morality. If everyone behaves in this way, the world will be a big rubbish dump with flies flying round and people will live in a world of diseases. Besides, dustmen will have a very, very hard job to clean the world we live in.
47．

假定你是李华，看到班上有部分同学在完成作业时，不自己独立完成而是抄袭他人的作业，针对这种现象，请你以My opinion on copying others’ homework为题谈谈你自己的看法。
主 要
原 因
作业量大，偏难
对功课不感兴趣，懒惰
完成任务，取悦老师
个 人
看 法
抄袭不对，违反校规
要诚实，勤奋学习
有困难可请教同学和老师
注意：1. 短文必须包括所有内容要点，可适当发挥；2. 短文标题与开头已为你写好，不计入总词数：3.词数：100-----120。
My opinion on copying others’ homework
It is known to us all that some students copy others’ homework.______________________
My opinion on copying others’ homework
It is known to us all that some students copy others’ homework. As students, we have to do plenty of homework both at home and at school, but sometimes we have some homework which is too difficult for us. On the other hand, some students are lazy, and are not interested in their lessons. They don’t work hard. In order to finish the assignments and please their teachers, some students copy others’ homework.
In my opinion, it is wrong to copy others’ homework because it breaks the school rules. Students should be honest and try to finish our homework by ourselves instead of by copying. Even though we have trouble doing our homework we can ask our classmates or teachers for help.
48．
假如你叫Jack，参加学校开展的“有困难向谁求助”(Whom do you turn to when in trouble?)的调查活动，调查结果如下表。请用英语给校报编辑写一封信反映相关内容。
求助对象
比例
理 由
同学、朋友
58％
年龄相仿，容易理解与交流
老师、家长
30％
有爱心、有经验，可以信任
无
12％
不愿与人交流，难以与人沟通
注意：1.内高考英语作文100篇（一）
一、写作
1、提示：张楠的父亲有位美国同事，他的孩子约翰?史密斯即将来华。约翰写信向张楠询问一些有关他所在城市的问题。张楠回信，内容如下：
得知约翰要来非常高兴。告诉他可能遇到一些不同于美国的情况。
气候：冬天冷，有时下雪。夏天几乎不下雨，但一下起来就很大。提醒约翰带雨衣、棉衣。
饮食：饮食与美国很不同，他应尽力适应中国饮食，并要学会如何使用筷子。
最后，请他带一张美国地图，希望早日能见面。 字数：100—120个词。
2、日记 1．今天,在学校礼堂举行了开学典礼。
2．全体教师、学生出席,部分科学家和官员也参加。
3．校长在讲话中希望全体师生在新的学期中再接再厉取得更大进步.并宣布部分同学因
在各种竞赛中获奖而获周培源奖学金。
4．三好学生受到奖励。
5．著名科学家讲话,他讲述了自己的学习经验及科研成功的经验.他的讲话使我深受感动。
参考词汇： 礼堂：auditorium 奖学金：scholarship
3、提示：根据以下内容写一篇日记。
1．昨天与同学外出野餐，按计划要爬西山。
2．早上在校门口集合7点出发。 3．不久下小雨，继续骑车，一小时后到达山脚。
4．雨停，爬上山顶，领略美景。 5．照像，唱歌，跳跃，做游戏，下棋，午餐，玩得开心。
6．午餐后下山，4点回家。筋疲力尽。 7．时间5月20日，星期三。
参考词汇：野餐：picnic
4、Read this telephone conversation：
Lucia： I’m so glad you called me today. I have a big problem I hope you can help me with.
Clara： What’s the problem? I’ll help if I can.
Lucia： My cousin is coming home tonight from his trip to Europe and I’m supposed to pick him up at the airport at seven.
Clara： Oh? Is your car giving you trouble again?
Lucia： No. I just found out I have to work late tonight. Can you possibly pick him up for me?
Clara： Sure. What airline is he coming in on?
Lucia： Pan Am. Flight 607.
Clara： Ok. But how will I recognize him?
Lucia： Well, he’s medium height. And average weigh. He wears glasses, and he dresses very
well.
Clara： That could be almost everyone. Can you be more specific?
Lucia： Well, his hair is blond and curly. I almost forget! He has a beard.
Clara： What’s his name?
Lucia： Ernic Norton.
Clara： Okay, not problem. I’ll find him.
Lucia： Thank you so much!
At the last minute, Clara was unable to get to the airport. She wrote her brother, Tom, a note describing Ernic so that he would be able to find him. What did Clara’s note say?
5、提示： 外籍教师Lynne任教期满准备回国，学校答应派车送她去机场。她在临行前一天写了张便条提醒办公室李老师：
1．请检查(check on)明天的车是否落实，提醒司机(remind sb. of sth.提醒某人做某事)。
2．她之所以要确定一下，是因为太早不好叫出租车。
3．感谢费心，并感谢一年来的关心。 4．在学校一年来，生活愉快、难忘，很可能再来。
5．留下一些英语书给贵校图书馆，希望对学生有用。 字数：100—120个词。
6、提示：李明的父亲在美国威斯康星大学进修。李明写信给父亲汇报自己的高考情况。
1．考上自己渴望已久的北京大学。 2．学校校园很美，设备良好，有一座很大的图书馆。
3．教师很出色，对学生和蔼耐心。 4．自己对这里的一切非常满意，决心更加刻苦学习。
5．请爸爸不要为自己担心，自己已经长大了，会处理各种事情，并祝父亲身体好。
字数：约100个词。
7、根据下列内容和提示，写一篇口头通知稿。
提示：1．事由：欢迎日本学生来校参观。 2．参观日期：9月15日。
3．参观时间：上午9：00至12：00。 4．参观人数：约20人。
具体安排： 1．9月15日上午8：45在校门口集合，欢迎来校参观的日本学生。
2．带客人到接待室(reception room)开联欢会(get-together)。
3．带客人参观图书馆、实验室和校办厂。
4．11：30和日本学生在食堂共进午餐，并互赠小礼物。 5．客人在12：00左右离开学校.
注意：1．通知稿须包括所给要点，但不要逐条翻译。2．字数：80—100个词。
8、提示：李明在光明路一家中外合资公司买了一台电冰箱，使用半年后出现了问题。即向公司写信要求来人修理。内容如下： 1．去年我在你们商店买了一台电冰箱，外形和颜色我都很满意。
2．但是，最近发现电冰箱时常发出噪音，从低到高，有时甚至停止工作。
3．我们对此深感失望。希望能尽快派人来修理。来时请打电话联系。电话：6606.5531
我们将在家恭候。
9、提示： 几位外国旅游者到公园的“英语角”参观。假定你是“英语角”的负责人，请用英语准备一段介绍，内容如下：
1．简况：“英语角”三年前成立,许多中学参加，至今已有几百人.许多大学生和外国友
人也常光顾。
2．活动内容：练习英语会话,谈论有兴趣的话题，交流学习英语的经验。
3．活动时间：每周日上午。
4．效果：通过参加活动学习了许多东西，对英语课堂学习是一个补充。学生、家长、老
师都非常欢迎，认为对学英语很有帮助。如果还想了解更多，可问在场的学生。
参考词汇： 对……补充：a supplement to…
10、提示： 假设由你接待一组加拿大中学生代表团。该团经广州、成都等地在北京只逗留两天。团长向你征求意见在北京先参观何处，请按以下提示提出你的口头建议：
1．首先建议去长城。长城是世界是最长的墙，是世界八大奇观之一，有20个世纪的悠
久历史，全部由手工建成，令人惊叹不已。
2．其次是故宫，它建于1406年，曾有24位皇帝在那儿居住过。皇帝在那儿发号施令。
参观它，可以更多地了解中国历史。
3．对其逗留时间短暂深感遗憾，否则，可以参观许多具有历史意义的地方和景区，如
颐和园、北海公园等。
参考词汇：发号施令：issue orders令人惊奇：amazing
11、假设你是你校京剧爱好者协会的成员，在一次同英国中学生代表团的联欢活动中，你协会将出一个京剧节目。在演出前，由你向外国朋友介绍京剧的由来，按以下提示介绍：
1．京剧在中国很受欢迎，历史悠久，有200年历史，在清朝乾隆年间，乾隆对地方剧有兴趣。
2．1790年，为庆祝乾隆80岁生日，他召集各地方剧团来京为他演出，4个来自安徽
的剧团在庆典后留在北京。
3．1828年，一个湖北剧团来京，在京常与安徽剧团一起演出，两种唱派合在一起，逐
渐形成了一种新剧种，被称为京剧。
4．下面演出开始，希望朋友们喜欢。
参考词汇：地方剧：local opera乾隆年间：the reign of Qianlong表演：perform 剧团：troupe
12、你昨天去游泳患了感冒，今天早上头痛，医生让你休息两天。你用英语给老师写一个请假条。
13、假设你是学生会的负责人，你们要组织一次英语讲座，请用英语写一个通知，把讲座的安排：时间，地点，主讲人，内容，以及注意事项通知大家。
14、李华父亲的朋友陈伟是在美国居住多年的华裔。因陈伟的儿子陈小明明年要来大陆李华学校学汉语，陈小明来信询问学校情况，以下是小华回信的内容。
1．听说你明年来我校学习，我们很高兴。
2．我校是一所具有80年历史的老学校。
3．学校很美，有许多花草树木，两座教学大楼，一座宿舍楼。
4．学校设备优良，有体育馆、计算机室和大图书馆等。学生除正式课程外，还有许多
选修课，如：油画、打字、烹调等。
5．最重要的是，学校有许多优秀教师，课程有趣，老师既有知识又和蔼，非常愿意帮
助我们，我爱我们的学校，我真希望你也能喜欢我们的学校。
参考词汇： 选修课：elective 体育馆：gym 宿舍楼：dormitory building
15、写信向友人介绍作家鲁迅。
魏明的美国朋友杰克开始学习中国文学，来信询问鲁迅其人及作品。魏明回信介绍鲁迅：
1．鲁迅是著名的中国作家。他不仅是作家，思想家，而且还是中国现代文学的开创者。
2．他的小说被译成多种文字，并被制成电影，如《阿Q正传》、《祝福》这两部影片
深刻地揭露了旧社会。毛主席对他有高度评价。他的一些作品还被选入了中学和大
学课本。
3．认为读鲁迅作品对他很有益处。
参考词汇： 创始人：Founder 中国文学：Chinese Literature
阿Q正传：The True Story of AH Q 祝福：The New Year’s Sacrifice
16、提示：为引进外资，进一步加快你家乡A城改革开放。你向一位外商介绍你家乡A城。
1．A城是一新开发的经济特区。它是一座具有三十万人口的临海小城。
2．解放前是一个小渔村，以渔业为主，没有工业，只有几所小学。
3．改革开放以来，许多外商到这里投资，经济增长很快，建立了许多大工厂、一个大
港口。港口与国内外许多城市连接。
4．教育有很大的发展，建立了该城第一所大学。已有三千人从该校毕业。我相信，A
城在不久的将来将更加现代化。
参考词汇：投资：invest 经济开发区：an economic-zone 港口：port
17、11月11日，你将在家里为你的妹妹15周岁开一个生日晚会，写信给你的外国朋友Peter，邀请他来参加。晚会开始时间是晚上6点，将持续到很晚。告诉Peter每天晚上你都在家，请他给你打个电话告诉你他是否来参加生日晚会，并表达你盼望见到他的心情。
在信的开头告诉Peter你已收到他10月25日的来信，但由于最近一直忙于期中考试未
能及时回信。 假设你现在的住址是北京西城区云梯胡同1号楼4门2号。
18、给笔友保罗(Paul)的一封信
提示： 1．过了一个很好的寒假，在寒假中与父亲一起回老家河北农村。
2．吃惊于家乡的巨大变化。几乎村里每家都有彩电，许多家盖了新房。有的家还有了
摩托车和小汽车。
3．一位村民自豪地告诉我，他和一部分村民打算参加一个旅游团到国外旅游。
4．我表示羡慕他们，我对父亲说，将来大学毕业要回老家来，父亲也表示说他一退休就来。
5．你的名字小海。
19、张红从广告上得知某公司需要一名秘书。写信应聘。以下是张红的简历。
年龄20岁，即将从职业学校毕业。专业：经济管理（business management）。学英语8年，会计算机。在过去三年中一直是本校学生报编辑之一，学习成绩在班上优秀。主要是本人喜欢办公室工作，相信能胜任秘书工作。如果能得到这个机会将十分感谢。
请以张红的名义向公司写信写聘。
参考词汇：职业学校：vocational school专业：major
20、给朋友小林的一封信，谈谈寒假生活。
1．寒假很忙，因为今年七月要参加高考。 2．每天埋头读书，复习每门必修课，做许多练习。
3．学习刻苦，每天学习10小时以上，累时看会儿电视，听音乐，但总不去影剧院。不
得不回绝亲戚朋友的邀请，只在除夕时打电话问候。
4．多希望没有考试，但又不可能，要尽力取得好成绩。考上渴望已久的清华大学。
参考词汇： 必修课：required subject 埋头于某事：bury oneself in sth .
写作-1 〈范文〉
一、写作
1、Dear John,
I was excited to hear that you would come to China next month. Now let me tell you something different you may meet here. To begin with, the weather here is totally different from that in your place. It hardly ever rains but whenever it does, it rains heavily. So you’d better bring a raincoat and overcoat.
Another big difference is food. The Chinese food is quite different from yours. You have to try to get used to it, and learn how to use chopsticks. I’m sure you can do it.
Finally please bring me a big American map if possible. Thank you very much.
I am looking forward to meeting you.
Yours
Zhang Nan
2、Sep.Sec. 1995 Wednesday Fine
Today our school had an opening ceremony in the school auditorium. All the teachers and students as well as some famous scientists and government officials attended. Our principal made a speech. He hoped everybody in our school would work harder and make even more progress in the new term, “three-good-deed” students were rewarded with prizes. Principal also announced that some honour students received Zhou Peiyuan scholarships because they had won medals in various competitions. A famous scientist then made a speech. He told the students about his learning experience and how he achieve success in his research work. I was so moved by what he said.
3、May 20th Wednesday Cloudy and drizzle
Yesterday my classmates and I went to on a picnic. According to our plan we would climb the West Mountain.
Early in the morning all of us gathered at the gate of our school, we started of at seven, soon it began to have a little rain. We kept on riding for an hour till we reached the foot of the mountain.
The little rain stopped then. We began to climb. Soon we reached the top of the mountain. How beautiful it was when we looked at the view from the top. We ran. sang, jump, played chess, and had the pictures taken on the top of the mountain. and had lunch on the rocks. How happy we were!
After the lunch we went down the mountain. We got home at four, all of us almost gave out.
4、Dear Tom,
My friend Lucia’s cousin is coming home tonight from his trip to Europe on Flight 607. I have promised Lusia to pick him up at the airport. But I have just got something important to do. Would you please go to the airport to pick him up instead of me? His cousin is medium height and average weight; he wears glasses, and dresses very well, his hairs is blond and curly. He has a beard, and his name is Ernic Norton.
Thanks a lot.
Yours
Clara
5、Hi, Mr. Li,
Could you please check on the car to take me to the airport? Please remind the car driver of this. I want to be sure of this car, because it will be too early in the morning to call a taxi if the school car doesn’t show up. I am sorry to trouble you again. Here I thank you again for all you have done for me during my stay in your school. I really enjoy teaching here, and will never forget the day I spent with my students. Probably I will come back some day. I leave some English books to your library. I hope they will be useful to your students.
Yours
Lynne
6、Dear Dad,
I am very excited to tell you that I have passed the entrance examination and been admitted into Peking University-the famous university which I have been longing for.
The university is beautiful and has excellent equipment. There is a large library in it. The teachers here are very good. They are very kind and patient to the students. I am satisfied with all these and determined to study harder. Don’t worry about me. I have grown up and can deal with all kinds of matters. Wish you a good health.
Respectfully
Li Ming
7、Attention please, everyone：
About twenty Japanese students will come to our school for a visit on September 15th. We’ll meet at the school gate at 8：45 a.m., and give them a warm welcome when they arrive at 9：00. Then we’ll take them to the reception room. After a get-together there, we’ll show around the school, the library, the labs and the school factory, At 11：30 we’ll have lunch with the Japanese students in the dining-hall, and then give the presents each other. The Japanese students will leave at about 12：00. That’s all. Thank you.
8、Dear sir,
Last year I bought a refrigerator in your store on Chang An road. We all like the shape and colour of the refrigerator. But recently I find something is wrong with it. It begins to make noise when it is turned on. At first it is low but gradually it becomes louder and louder. To make the matter worse, it even stops working sometimes. We all feel disappointed with. I am writing to you to ask for help. Would you please send somebody to repair it. I will be at home this weekend. Please call me before you come. My telephone number is 6606.5531. Thank you very much.
Customer
Li Ming
9、Ladies and gentlemen,
Welcome to our English Corner. This Corner was set up three years ago. Every Sunday morning,　students from different schools gathered around here. Many college students and some foreigners often join us,　We practice spoken English by talking about everything we are interested in.　We also exchange our experience in English study. We all have a good time here. Thousands of people have been here since it was set up.
We think that we have learned a lot by taking part in activities here. It is a real supplement to our English class and it is welcomed by students. Their parents and teachers. They all think it is helpful. If you want to know more about the corner, you may talk to the students here.
10、Well, the first place I suggest that you visit is the Great Wall, the longest wall in the world, which is said to be one of the wonders in the world. It has a history of more than twenty centuries. It is amazing to see such a huge wall was made entirely by hand.
The other place worth visiting is the Palace Museum, which was built in 1406. Twenty-four emperors once lived there. from there the ruling emperors issued orders. You can learn a lot about Chinese history by visiting this Palace.
What a pity that you can’t stay longer, otherwise, you could visit many other historic places and beautiful scenes such as Summer Palace, Bei Hai park.. and so on.
11、Now let me say something about Beijing Opera. Beijing Opera is very popular in China. It has a history of more than 200 years. During the reign of the Qianlong emperor in the Qing dynasty, Qianlong had a interest in the local opera. In 1790, to celebrate his eightieth birthday, he summoned opera troupes from different places to perform for him in Beijing. Four famous troupes from Anhui province remained in Beijing after the celebration. In 1828, A Hubei troupe came to Beijing and often performed together with the Anhui troupes. The two types of singing mixed together and gradually a new type came into being known as Beijing Opera. Now is the performance. I hope you will like it.
12、Dear Mr. Du,
I’m sorry to tell you that I can’t go to school today. I’ve caught a cold because I went swimming yesterday.
This morning I had a headache and had a fever. The doctor advised me to stay in bed for two days.
Now I’m writing to you to ask for two days’ sick leave.
Yours respectfully,
Li Qing
13、There will be an English lecture on high school education in the U.S. by Mr. Jackson. It will be given in the Lecture Hall on Saturday afternoon from 2：00 to 4：00, May 15th, 1992. Those who are interested in it are warmly welcome. Be sure not to be late. After the lecture, please write a diary about it in English.
THE STUDENTS’ UNION
14、Dear Xiao Ming,
I was excited to hear that you will come to learn Chinese in our school. Now let me tell you something about our school. Our school campus is beautiful. It has many trees, flowers and a lot of grass. We have two very nice teaching buildings and a dormitory building. In addition, the school has excellent equipment, such as a new gym, a computer room and a large library. There are also a lot of electives to choose from, such as painting, typing and cooking. Above all, there are many excellent teachers in our school. Classes are interesting, the teachers are kind and knowledgeable and willing to help the students. I like our school. I hope you will like our school too.
Yours
Li Hua
15、Dear Jack,
I was very glad to receive your letter on the tenth of February. You ask me something about Lu Xun and his works since you began to study Chinese literature. Now let me tell you something about him.
Lu Xun was a well-Known Chinese writer, he was not only a writer, a thinker, and translator, but also a founder of modern Chinese literature. His novels have been put into many languages and some of novels have been made into films, such as The True Story of AH Q and The New Year’s Sacrifice which expose sharply the old society. The late Chairman Mao spoke highly of him. Some of his novels have been collected in high school and college textbooks. Since you are learning Chinese literature, I think reading Lu Xun’s novels will benefit a lot.
Yours
Wei Ming
16、My hometown is an economic-open-zone. It is a town on the sea with a population of three hundred thousand. Before the liberation it used to be a fishing village. Most people lived on fishing. There was no industry. And there were only few primary schools here.
Since the open-door policy, a lot of foreign businessmen invested here. A lot of factories have been built. Economics have developed rapidly and big port has also been built, which is connected with many ports of other ports both in and out of our country. A new university now has been founded. Three thousand students have already graduated from it. I am sure in the near future our hometown will become more modern.
17、 2 Doorway 4, building 1
Yunti Hu Tong
Xicheng District
Beijing 100037
China
November 4th,1995
Dear peter,
Thank you for your letter of October 25. I haven’t written sooner as I were busy preparing for my mid--term exams.
We are having a party on 11th November at our house for my sister’s 15th birthday and we hope you can come. It only happens once a year! The party will start at 6 p.m. and will go on until late!
I’m at home in the evenings. Please give me a call.
We’re looking forward to seeing you.
loves,
Zhao Ning
18、Dear Paul,
How are you! I think you have come back to school now.
I have had a wonderful winter holiday. During the holiday, my father and I went to hometown, In the countryside in HeBei Province. I was astonished to find that great changes had taken place in the village in recent years. Almost every family in the village had colour TV set, many families had their houses newly built, or rebuilt, some of them had motorcycles or cars.
One of the villagers proudly told me that he and some other villagers were going to a tour and
join travel abroad. How I admire them!
I said to my father that I would go back to my hometown after I graduated from college. Father also expressed he would go back as soon as he retired. Both of us were disappointed when the holiday ended so soon, and we had to leave.
What did you do in your holiday? Are you busy now?
Here are my best regards to you and your family
Yours
Xiao Hai
19、Dear Sir：
How do you do? Through the ad .I know you need a secretary. I would like to have this job. Now let me introduce myself to you.
My name is Zhang Hong. I am twenty and will soon graduate from a vocational school. My major is business management. I have been learning English for 8 years and I have computer experience. I have been one of the editors for the student newspaper in our school for the past three years. My grades remain upper level in my class. The most important thing is that I like office work very much. I am sure I can do it well. I will appreciate it very much if you would give me the opportunity. Thank you for your consideration.
I am looking forward to hearing from you .
Sincerely yours,
Zhang Hong
20、Dear Xiao Lin,
I have had a busy holiday these winter because I will take part in the entrance examination this September.
I almost buried myself in the books every day. I had to go over every required subject and did a lot of exercises. I worked very hard, more than 10 hours a day. When I was tired I watched TV for a while and listened to music, but I never went to the cinema or theater. I had to refuse several invitations from my relatives and classmates. I only called them to greet them on the eve of the Spring Festival. How I wish there were no examinations at all, but of course it is impossible. I will try my best to get better results and go to were no examinations at all, but of course it is impossible. I will try my best to get better results and go to Qing Hua University, which I have been longing for. How is your vacation? Best wishes to you and your family!
Yours
Wu Qi
高考英语作文100篇（三）
41、请根据下列提示，以“Road Safety”为题，写一篇短文。（字数：120—150)
提示：每年有不少人在交通事故中伤亡。为使交通安全，要牢记如下交通规则：
(1) 骑车要靠右行；(2) 遇见红灯时不能向左拐或横穿马路；
(3) 转弯或停车时要打手势；(4) 穿过马路，要做到一停二看三通过；
(5) 要帮助老人或孩子安全穿过马路； (6) 要教育小孩不要在马路上玩耍或骑车。
42、请你写一篇题为“我们的班长”的短文，字数在100—120个之间。简况如下：
(1) 她叫李敏，个子高，身体好，很活泼。她各科成绩都好，喜欢体育活动，又能歌善舞。
(2) 她刚进校时，在英语学习上遇到不少困难。但她不怕苦，不怕难，努力把英语学好。
(3) 她严于律己，乐于助人，是大家学习的好榜样。
43、请你根据下面的提示，写一篇题为“The Seasons”的短文，字数在120～140之间。
提示： (1) 春季，天气转暖，万物苏醒。农民忙于播种。
(2) 夏季，天气炎热，雨量充足，对农民来说是个繁忙的季节。
(3) 秋季，气候适宜，白天碧空万里，夜间繁星点点，是一个收获的季节。
(4) 冬季，昼短夜长，天气寒冷，但农民却忙于准备来年的春耕。
44、请你根据下面的提纲，以“我的家乡”为题，写一篇100—120字的短文。
提纲： (1) 家乡的地理位置； (2) 解放前的情况； (3) 解放后的变化； (4) 对家乡的感情。
45、假设上星期天上午，你与你朋友骑自行车去参观北京动物园，路上花了半个小时。到达那里时，看见游客已经很多。北京动物园很大，里面有几百种动物，可以看上一天。因此，你们只看了几种最有趣的动物。先看大象，然后看猴，最后看熊猫。你们在动物园玩得很高兴。
请根据上面提示，以“参观北京动物园”为题，写一篇120字左右的和短文。
46、昨天上午，你惊悉你的朋友阿里（Allee）被一辆汽车撞伤住了院，事情经过是：那天阿里正要穿过大街。他很小心，直到看到绿灯亮时才开始过街。可他刚要走到街心时，右侧(right-hand side)突然出现了一辆轿车，径直朝他开来。他躲闪（dodge）不及被撞出了几米远。他立即被进医院，并动了手术。昨晚你去看他时，他虽已脱险，但仍脸色苍白。
请以“A Traffic Accident”为题，写一篇110—130字的短文概述这件事。
47、说明：李平（Li Ping）的哥哥是个解放军战士。请根据下面的提示为他写一篇简单介绍。内容要点如下：
(1) 个子高、英俊、眼睛大、肩膀宽。
(2) 1971年出生。在中学是个好学生。十七岁中学毕业，然后参军。
(3) 在部队里，学习认真，积极参加军事训练（military training）。
(4) 1991年到安徽参加抗洪斗争（洪水灾害：the flood disaster），做了许多好事。
(5) 昨天下午来校作报告。
注意：(1) 介绍须包括所给内容要点，但不要逐条译成英语。 (2) 字数：80—120。
48、说明： 假定你们昨天到附近一个村庄帮助农民收割庄稼，请用英语写一篇短文，叙述这次支农劳动。内容要点如下：
(1) 虽遭水灾（flood disaster），丰收仍然在望（in sight）。
(2) 村庄离校有半小时路程。一早出发，到达便参加劳动。
(3) 农民教你们割稻、捆稻。 (4) 午餐在田间，饭后稍作休息。
(5) 农村景色（scenery）优美，令人陶醉（be fascinated by）。
(6) 天黑归来，人累了，但心情愉快。
注意：(1) 要有标题。 (2) 记叙须包括所有内容要点，但不要逐条译成英语。 (3) 字数：80—120。
49、根据下面的提示，用英语写一则80—100字的日记。
提示： 九月十日（星期日）是教师节。这天天气晴朗。上午你参加了学校举行的庆祝会。庆祝会上有几位三十年以上教龄的老师得到了奖章。你的英语教师李老师也是其中之一。晚饭后，你和几位同学一起去看望李老师。李老师表示要将自己的有生之年献给教育事业，并鼓励你们努力学习。你深受鼓舞，决心将来也当一名象李老师那样的教师。
50、根据提示，写一篇介绍颐和园的短文。
The Summer Palace： one of the most famous parks in Beijing.
Where it is located： in the western suburbs of Beijing.
How to get there： by bus or by taxi or by bike
What it is like： one of the most beautiful parks in Beijing/big
What you can see or do there/What it is famous for： Kunming Lake----man---made lake/Longevity Hill/700---meter Long Corridor/magnificent halls/beautiful gardens
Suggestions： go boating on the lake or go for a walk along the corridor or climb the hill and have a beautiful view from the top or look at the big halls or visit small gardens
51、外国留学生Tom是你的同学，他住在友谊宾馆。你到宾馆请他参加明天下午李明的生日晚会，碰巧他不在。你给他留个条子，邀请他参加晚会，同时告诉他去李明家的路线。图中标有*号的地方就是李明家。
52、写一短文论述书本的价值。
53、假设你最近去旅游一次，请把活动情况记述下来。
54、写一则失物招领启事。
在操场拾到绿色书包一个，内有两本新教科书、练习本、袖珍英汉词典一本及铅笔盒一个，请失主到高三年级办公室认领。
高三年级办公室
1995年9月1日
55、假定你的名字叫李童，上个月学校派你去美国。在美国期间，你住在Jane家里。她带你参观和浏览了许多地方。Jane的妈妈为你做了许多可口的饭菜，这一切使你在美国度过了十分美好的日子。写一封感谢款待的信，表示对Jane及其家人的感谢。希望今后有机会在中国以同样的方式招待她。
56、假定你现在在英国进行短期参观访问，你的英国朋友George和Angle给你寄来一张邀请卡。读后写一封拒绝接受邀请的回信。说明你星期五上午要离Oxford去London。在信中表示你希望这次聚会成功、大家玩得高兴。假使你在英国的住址是29East Avenue，Oxford 。
57、假定你叫田兵，你的妈妈身体不太好，家中有许多家具。前些日子你家刚刚搬入一个新单元中。在搬家时，你的外国朋友Jack主动帮忙。给他写一封感谢信。表达谢意。信中谈到你将举行一个乔迁之喜的聚会，盼望早日在聚会上再见到他。
58、写一封抱怨信，诉说你日前购买某厂生产的一双皮鞋穿了三次就坏了这一状况，要求厂方退回货款。
59用英语给朋友写一个便条，告诉她今天早晨开会你去晚了，因为自行车出故障了。请她别生气。
60、写一则遗失启事。
李燕，高二(4)班学生，本月4日下午在本校大教室遗忘红色长大衣一件，大衣的一个口袋中装有一个小笔记本，另一口袋中装有自行车的钥匙。拾到者请交高二(4)班的班长或本人，我将不胜感谢。高二(4)班教室在1号楼204室。
写作-3 〈范文〉
41、Road Safety
Every year a lot of people are killed or injured in road accidents. How can we make the roads safer? Remember the following traffic rules.
When you ride a bike, keep to the right side of the road. Don’t cross the road or turn left at a red traffic light. Give a hand signal if you want to turn or stop.
Before crossing the road, stop and look both ways, right and left. If the road is clear, it is safe to cross. The correct way to cross is to walk quickly, but not to run. If you run across the road, you may fall down.
If you see small children or old people waiting to cross the road, it is a kind deed to help them to cross in safety. We should teach small children not to play or ride on the roads.
Always obey these rules, you’ll find it much safer to walk or ride on the road.
42、Our Monitor
Li Ming is our monitor. She is tall, healthy and lively. She does well in all subjects. She is fond of sports and is good at singing and dancing.
Li Ming works hard at English. When she came to the school, she had quite a lot of difficulties with the language. But she was not afraid of them and always tried hard to overcome them. She was active in class and did a lot of practice after class. No pains, no gains. With great efforts she made much progress in English study.
Li Ming is modest and always ready to help others. She is very strict with herself in her work and daily life. She sets us all a fine example.
43、The Seasons
There are four seasons in a year： spring, summer, autumn and winter.
In spring the weather gradually gets warmer and everything comes back to life. The peasants are busy with sowing.
When summer comes, the weather gets very hot. It rains quite often. It is a busy season for the peasants.
Autumn is the best season of the year. The weather is neither too hot nor too cold. The sky is blue and cloudless. At night millions of stars shine in the sky. It is the time for harvest.
Winter is the last season of the year. The days become shorter and the nights longer. The weather is cold and windy. But the peasants are still busy preparing for the next spring ploughing.
44 My Home Town
My home town is a beautiful place. It stands beside a wide river and is rich in fish and rice.
But in the old days it was a poor and backward little town. Many people had no work. They lived a hard life.
In 1949 my hometown was liberated. Since then great changes have taken place there. The streets have been widened. Factories, schools, hospitals, cinemas and theatres have sprung up one after another. The life of the people is greatly improved.
I love my hometown. All the more I love its people. They are working hard so as to make it still richer and more beautiful.
45、A Visit to Beijing Zoo
Last Sunday morning, my friend and I went to visit the Beijing Zoo. We went by bike. It took us about half an hour to get there. When we got there, it was already crowded with people. There were a lot of foreign visitors, too. It is said that the Beijing Zoo is the largest in Asia and one of the largest in the world. There are hundreds of different kinds of animals. It world take a whole day to see all the animals there. So we decided to see some of the most interesting ones. We saw the elephants first and then the monkeys. Finally we went to see our favourite “friends”--the giant pandas. We were delighted to see them waving to us. We really had a wonderful time in the zoo.
46、A Traffic Accident
Yesterday morning, I was surprised to hear that my friend Allee had been hit by a car and was in hospital now. The other day he was going to cross a street. He was very careful and didn’t go until he saw traffic light turn green. But hardly had he got to the middle of the street when he saw a car suddenly appear on his right-hand side and come directly towards him. It was too late for Allee to dodge. He was hit by the car and thrown a few meters away. He was sent to hospital immediately and had an operation. When I went to see him last night, he was out of danger but still looked pale.
47、My Brother
Li Ping’s brother is a PLA man. He is a handsome, tall young man with big eyes and broad shoulders.
He was born in 1971. He was a good student in school. When he was seventeen, he finished middle school. Then he joined the People’s Liberation Army. In the army, he studied hard and took an active part in the military training. In 1991, he went to Anhui Province to help in fighting against the flood disaster. He did a lot of good deeds there.
Yesterday afternoon Li Pings brother came to our school and gave us a talk. We’ve learned a lot from him.
48、A Good Harvest
In spite of the flood disaster, a good harvest is still in sight.
Yesterday we went to a nearby village to help the peasants get in the crops. We left our school early in the morning. It took us half an hour to reach the village. As soon as we got there, we joined the peasants in their harvesting work. They taught us how to cut rice, and how to tie it. It was in the fields that we had our lunch. After lunch, we had a short rest. We were fascinated by the beautiful scenery of the countryside. It got dark when we returned home. We were very tired, but we felt very happy.
49、A Page from My Diary
Sunday, Sept. 10 Fine
Today is Teachers’ Day. In the morning, I attended the school celebration, at which several teachers were given medals for having completed 30 years of teaching. Mr. Li, my English teacher, was one of them.
After supper my classmates and I went to see Mr. Li. He said that he would devote the rest of his life to the cause of education. He also encouraged us to work hard at our lessons. I was inspired by what he said and made up my mind to be a teacher like Mr. Li when I grow up.
50、One of the most famous parks to go to in Beijing is the Summer Palace. It is located in the western suburbs of Beijing. It is easy to go there by bus, by taxi of by bike.
It is one of the most and biggest parks in Beijing. There is beautiful Kumming Lake in the park. It is a man-made lake. In front of the lake, there is the 700-meter Long Corridor. Behind it is the Longevity Hill. There are some magnificent halls and beautiful gardens in the park.
It takes at least half of the day to visit the park. You can go boating on the lake or go for a walk along the corridor or climb the hill and have a beautiful view from the top or look at the big halls or visit small gardens. The best time to visit the park is spring or autumn.
51、 June 6th
Dear Tom,
I came to see you but you were out. Tomorrow is Li Ming’s birthday. We will have a birthday party at Li Ming’s tomorrow afternoon. We would be very happy if you will come.
Li Ming’s home is not very far from your hotel. When you come you may go straight along Blue Road. Turn right at White Road. Then go across Stone Road. you will find a cinema on your left. Li Ming’s’ house is just beside it.
Hope to see you at the party.
Yours,
Tong Hua
52、Books are called “King’s Treasures/Wealth” because they have something as valuable as gold and silver. They have the riches of knowledge.
Kings keep their valuable objects carefully locked up and keep the keys themselves. Nobody can touch their valuable things. Yet the riches of knowledge are entirely different. Anyone can have the key to the riches of knowledge. The key is simply “READING”. Anyone who can read can open the door of the treasure house and go in and take what he likes. Why don’t we therefore learn to read and fill ourselves with the riches of knowledge which everybody admires?
53、I went for a pleasant outing on Saturday with some friends from school. We went to a lovely lake about a hundred kilometres north of here. We left by bus at seven o’clock in the morning and arrived at the lake at eight thirty. We spent the morning swimming and rowing small boats. Then we had lunch in a small restaurant by the lake. After lunch we climbed a large hill behind the lake and enjoyed the beautiful view from the top. We got back to the bus at around four o’clock and then we came back to town. We had a wonderful time.
54、Found
September 1, 1995
A green school bag was found on the playground yesterday afternoon. Inside of which there are two new textbooks, exercise books, a pocket English—Chinese dictionary and a pencil-box. Loser is expected to come to the Office of Senior Grade 3 to identify it.
55、 No 15 Middle School
Xuanwu District
Beijing
China
August 10,1995
Dear Jane,
Thank you so much for your hospitality and kindness last month. It was very kind of you to put me up at your house while I was in America. I really appreiate your taking me around delicious. Surely I had a wonderful time in America.
I hope I can repay you in the same way in China some time in the future.
Best Wishes,
Li Tong
56、 29 East Avenue
Oxford
December 6th
Dear George and Angie.
Thank you very much for the invitation to your housewarming party this Friday. I’d love to come, but I can’t because I will leave Oxford for London on Friday morning. I hope you all have a good time and that your party is a big success.
Yours sincerely,
Wang Mei
57、 2 Doorway 1 Building 5
Xi Luo Yuan
Feng T District
June 3 1994
Dear Jack,
I am writing to thank you for all the help you gave us in moving into our new flat.
As you know, my mother is in poor health and there is a lot of furniture. I know we would never have been able to move all the things into the new flat without your help.
I am arranging a housewarming party soon and I look forward to seeing you then.
Thank you again for everything you have done for us.
Love.
Tian Bing
58、Dear Sir,
I am writing to you to complain about the shoes I bought a week ago from your shop.
Although I have only worn the shoes for three times, the shoes are worn out out, and the shoes are
of shape. At your price, I expect high quality.
I am returning the shoes to you by post. I expect to receive another pair of better quality or the full refund of the shoes.
Sincerely,
59、Catherine,
I’m sorry I was late for the meeting this morning. There was something wrong with my bicycle. I hope you’re not angry with me.
Sally
60、I was careless and lost my red long overcoat in the lecture room on the afternoon of 4th of this month. In one of the pockets there is a small notebook and in the other pocket there is key to my bike. Will the finder please send it either to the monitor of Class 4, Senior Grade 2 or to myself? Many thanks to the finder. Our classroom is in Room 204, Building 1.
Li Yan
(Loser)
高考英语作文100篇（二）
21、在世妇会期间，部分代表参观了红星乡的乡办幼儿园。请按以下情况写一篇介绍红星乡幼儿园的文字材料。 1．红星乡幼儿园创办于1985年，80%的孩子来自农民家庭。
2．刚成立时，只有3个教师，20个孩子，几乎没有什么设备。条件很差，家庭不愿把
自己的孩子送到这儿。
3．在过去的几年中，幼儿园发生了巨大的变化，新楼代替了土坯房。乡里还为幼儿园
提供了许多先进设备，例如计算机、钢琴及电视机等。
4．孩子人数增长到200，教师增长到20多人。现在，家长们也愿意把自己的孩子送到
幼儿园了。 参考词汇： 乡：township幼儿园：kindergarten
22、许多人现在都在努力学习英语。请你写一篇浅显易懂的短文，说明英语的重要性。（字数60~100字）提示如下： 1．英语是世界上使用最广泛的语言，大多数商业信件都是用英语写的。
2．学好英语可使我们更好地向外国学习先进经验。(advanced experience)。
3．学好英语能使我们更好地为祖国服务。
4．学习英语有时也是一大趣事。
23、说明：请根据提示记述夏天的晚上。
提示：1．夏天很热，晚上没有人愿意待在家里，人们在街上遛达，或是坐在露天地。
2．有一座特别的夏是电影院，我和朋友们常到那里去。
3．电影院周围有高高的树木，很凉爽。4．天空中闪烁着星星，常有一轮明月。
5．有时电影不好，但我们不在乎，可以享受凉爽的夜晚。
24、请根据以下提示，用英语给“中国日报”写一篇100个词左右的简讯，要求内容连贯，语句准确，并包含如下要点：
(1) 姓名：刘进，年龄39岁，上海一家工厂的工程师。
(2) 1978年毕业于南京大学，后来留学日本东京大学，攻读化学工程。
(3) 1982年科研成果显著，获博士学位。 (4) 日本一家公司想用高薪聘用他，但他拒绝了。
(5) 为了报效祖国，他于1983年毅然回国。
25、某中学图书馆的借阅十分混乱，无章可循，假若你是该校学生会主席，请就有关开放时间、借书手续、借书数量、保持时间、重要图书不能借出以及损坏图书的赔偿问题，拟一份借书规则，准备在校会上口头通知（80－120字左右）。
26、请根据以下内容拟一份通知。
主讲人：访美归国的李明国教授。
内容：美国中学教育。时间：九月二十五日下午二点至四点半。
地点：105会议室对象：全体高二学生，欢迎其它年级学生参加。
要求：不迟到，带钢笔和笔记本 词数：60－80词。
27、根据下面所给的提示，以“我的选择”为题，写一篇短文。（字数80～120）
提示：在我读高中的时候，我对物理，化学，数学很感兴趣。其实，我对许多学科都感兴趣，诸如：生物，历史，地理和英语。但是不知怎么搞的，我就是没法记住历史上发生的事件及地理的现象，我也老是记不住英语的一些习惯用语。另一方面，物理，化学和数学对我来说很容易。考虑过我的兴趣和能力之后，我觉得选择自然科学可能最适合，所以我决定进大学后工攻读自然科学，等大学毕业后，我就回学校教书。
参考词语：event 事件 talent 能力
28、根据提示写一篇报道，字数80-100，不必逐字逐句地翻译。
九月十日是教师节，下午中华学校召开庆祝大会，会上表彰了二十位从教三十年以上老教师，并授予他们荣誉奖章。校长发表了热情洋溢的讲话，师生代表也发了言，然后观看了师生表演的文艺节目。一片喜气洋洋的气氛。教师是人类灵魂的工程师，全社会都应该尊敬教师。
29、以《读书的方法》为题用英语写一篇短文。（120字左右）主要内容是：
读书的成功与否与读书方法的正确与否关系甚大。向读者提几点建议：
(1) 所读书籍难度要适中，偏难、偏易均不宜。如果发现一本书太难读，不妨先放在一
边一段时间，换一本容易些的读。
(2) 读书固然要读自己感兴趣的书，但更要读对自己有益的书。
(3) 有的书匆匆浏览便可，有的则需细读、精读。要随时记笔记。
(4) 不要羞于问问题，任何内行的人都是你的老师。
(5) 勤查词典。词典是你最好的老师。
30、请根据下面的提示和要求写一篇说理文。
提示： (1) 英语是世界上使用最广泛的语言之一。讲英语的人近三亿。
(2) 英语是国际会议中使用得最多的工作语言。世界上有百分之六十的电台和百分之七
十的邮件（mail)用英语。数以百万计的书籍和杂志是用英语写的。
(3) 借助英语可以更快、更好地学习现代科学和技术。学好英语，我们可以更好地为祖
国服务。
要求： (1) 题目：我们为什么学习英语？ (2) 字数：120左右。
31、提示： (1) 不少学生可能抽烟，学生中抽烟的人数还在增多。
(2) 一份调查报告透露，某校有五分之二以上的学生抽烟，有些学生甚至偷了钱买烟。
(3) 对中学生来说，抽烟的危害比成年人更大。抽烟不仅有害于身体，还有害于思想。
(4) 中学生是国家未来的建设者。抽烟的学生该下决心戒烟了。
请根据上面的提示，写一篇题为“Give Up Smoking”的短文，字数约120个。
32、假定有一批外宾要在中国过春节(Spring Festival)，他们很想了解关于我国春节的一些情况，请你根据下列要点写一篇短文，以作介绍。字数100—130。
要点： (1) 春节就是中国的新年，一般在二月份。
(2) 中国的年份是按１２生肖命名的，如狗年、猴年等。今年是鸡年。
(3) 春节前人们要大扫除，给孩子买新衣。大年夜家人在一起吃年夜饭。
(4) 年初一走防亲友。孩子们会得到压岁钱。 (5) 人们在春节常常过得很愉快。
33、说明： 请以“城市怎样开始”为题用英语写一篇短文。内容要点如下：
(1) 从前，人很少，以游牧打猎为生。 (2) 懂得种植后，定居在一起，建立村庄。
(3) 人口增加，涌向一些村庄，遂发展为城市。
(4) 机器出现后，建立工厂，更多的人聚居在一起，于是城市变得很大。
注意： (1) 短文包括所有内容要点，但不可逐字翻译。
(2) 可适当增加细节，使短文连贯。(3) 字数100左右。
34、说明：请用英语写一篇论述“早起”(early rising)重要性的短文。
(1) 论点：早起有益。
(2) 论据：早起可呼吸到新鲜空气，做早操，对身体健康有好处：早起对学习有好处；
早起可从容制定工作计划，对工作有好处。
(3) 结论：晚起的人都应早起。
注意： (1) 短文应包括论点、论据和结论，但不需逐条翻译。
(2) 可适当增加细节，运用转承词语，使短文连贯。(3) 字数：100—120。
35、说明：《China Daily》准备在文化动态专栏里刊登一条短消息，介绍上海市少年儿童业余艺术教育情况。假如你是撰稿人，请用英语完成这篇简单介绍。内容要点如下：
(1) 办校概况：全市现有业余艺校450多所。成千上万的少年儿童参加学习。拥有16
所分校（branch）和6,000多位学生的上海少年艺术学校（Shanghai Children’s Art
School）规模最大。
(2) 学习收获：家长依据孩子的不同兴趣将他们送入不同的业余艺校，学习音乐、舞蹈、
绘画和书法（calligraphy）。孩子们学到了不少书本上学不到的新知识。
(3) 发展前景：这种新型学校得到许多家长的支持，必将越办越好。
注意： (1) 要有标题。(2) 介绍须包括所有内容要点，但不要逐条译成英语。
(3) 介绍的长度为80—120个词。
36、请根据下列提示，写一篇题为“我们的英语教师”的和短文，字数在120个左右。
提示： (1) 你们老师是位中年妇女。她教书二十多年，工作一贯认真，多次被评为模范教师。
(2) 她对你们既严又亲，经常鼓励你们多说多读。
(3) 她上课生动有趣，常给你们放幻灯，教你们唱英语歌，还辅导你们排演英语短剧。
(4) 她热爱你们，总是乐于帮助你们。她真是值得你们敬爱的好老师。
37、某日上午，Greece先生去图书馆借有关计算机的书籍。他将一份书单交给了图书管理员。图书管理员按书单逐一将书找到，借给了他，并告诉他借期为一个月，如要延长借期，需要办理续借手续。
请根据上面内容编写一段题为“在图书馆”的对话，字数在80－－100之间。
38、提示： Mary是个学生，因患感冒第二天不能到校上课，于是打电话给她的老师Green先生请假。恰巧Green先生外出，John接了电话。John答应等Green先生回来后将情况转告他。
要求：请根据上面提示，编写一段80至100字的电话对话。
39、假定你的名字是陈华，住在上海江湾路570号。下面是你好友的一封来信，请用英语给他一封回信（字数约120个）
P. O. Box III
Chengdu
July 8, 1990
Dear Chen Hua：
How are you these days? I’m writing to you because I need your help. I’m thinking of coming to Shanghai. I will stay for a week. During the time, I hope I will be able to visit Suzhou .I’ ve got a picture of the Tiger Hill(虎丘), a beautiful garden in Suzhou . The scenery is strongly impressed on my memory. In the last letter you told me that you had been to Suzhou twice. Would you like to tell me something about it?
Expecting to hear from you as soon as possible.
Yours sincerely,
Li Ping
40、假设你是Foster，在某中学读书。1990年1月10日你得知父亲病危，想请假一个星期（从11日至17日），回家探望。请给校长Mr. Smith写一张事假条。（字数不得少于45个）
写作-2 〈范文〉
21、This is township-run kindergarten. It was set up in 1985 by Red Star Township. Eighty percent of the children are from peasants’ family. At first, there were only three teachers and twenty children, there was very little equipment and it was poorly furnished so parents didn’t like to send their children there.
During the past few years, great changes have taken place. A new building has taken the place of the house made of the earth. The township provided the kindergarten with a lot of advanced equipment such as computers, pianos and TV sets. The number of children has increased to 200, the number of teachers to more than 20. Now parents are willing to send their children to the kindergarten.
22、Now many people are working hard at English. In fact, English is very important to us. First, English is widely used in the world and most business letters are written in English. Again if we grasp English, we can learn a lot of advanced experience from other countries. If we learn English well, we can serve our motherland better. And, sometimes, learning English is also a great fun.
23、It is very hot in the summer and in the evenings, nobody likes staying at home. People walk in the street or sit in the open. We have a special summer cinema and my friends and I often go there. There are tall trees all around, it is very cool, sometimes the films are not very good, but we do not mind. The stars shine in the sky, and there is often a large bright moon. We can enjoy a cool evening there.
24、Mr. Liu Jin, aged 39, is working in a factory in Shanghai as a chemical engineer.
After he graduated from Nanjing University in 1978, he was sent to Tokyo University to study the chemical engineering. Through his hard work for 4 years, he achieved remarkable result in scientific research and received a doctor’s degree in 1982. A Japanese company manager tried hard to invite him to work and promised to give him a good salary but he didn’t accept it. In 1983 he returned to China without any hesitation. He has made up his mind to devote all his life to our country.
25、Attention please：
In order to keep our library in good order, we make some rules of borrowing books. Everyone in our school must obey them.
(1) The library opens from 3：00~5：00 p.m.
(2) Everyone must use his own card to borrow books.
(3) Everyone can only borrow one book from the library once.
(4) Every book may be kept for a month. If you want to keep it longer, you must
renew it .
(5) If someone loses the books, he must pay for them.
(6) Some important books are not allowed to be taken out of the library. We hope
all of the classmates keep the rules strictly and we also hope that our library
will take on a new look very soon.
26、Attention please.
There will be a talk on the education of high school in America from 2：00 to 4：30 p.m. on September 25th in Room 105. The talk will be given by Professor Li Ming Guo, who has just been back from a visit to America. All students in Senior Two are to attend it. Please be on time and bring your pens and notebooks. Students from other grades are welcome. Thank you.
27、During my high school years, I found physics, chemistry and maths specially interesting. Actually, I was interested in many subjects, such as biology, history, geography and English. But somehow I simply couldn’t remember the events of history or the facts about geography. I couldn’t remember the some of the English idioms well either. On the other hand, physics, chemistry and maths were easy for me to learn. After considering carefully my interests and talents, I felt that science might be the best choice for me. So I was determined to study natural science at college. After graduating from college, I would like to return to school to teach .
28、September 10 is our Teachers’ Day. In the afternoon, Zhonghua school held a celebration meeting, at which more than twenty old teachers each were praised with a medal for their over thirty years of teaching. Our principal made an enthusiastic speech at the meeting, and then the representative of the teachers and students gave a talk to us. After the meeting. We started performances played by some teachers and students, which were very interesting and instructive. We all had a wonderful time. I think we all should respect the teachers, engineers of human soul.
29、The Ways for Reading
To read successfully requires correct ways of reading. Here are some suggestions：
(1) Choose books which are neither too difficult nor too easy for you. If you find it too hard to go on with the book, just put it aside for the moment and change for an easier one;
(2) Choose books that not only interest you but also benefit you, for reading is not always for fun only;
(3) Some books are to be read roughly, but some must be read slowly and carefully. Don’t forget to take some notes whenever you feel it necessary;
(4) Don’t be shy to ask questions. Anyone who knows more than you do can be your teacher;
(5) Make good use of dictionaries, for dictionaries are your best teachers.
30、Why Do We Study English?
English is one of the most widely used languages in the world. It is spoken by nearly three hundred million people： in England, the United States, Australia, Canada and many other countries. It is one of the working languages at international meetings and is more used than the others. It is said that 60 percent of the world’s radio broadcasts and 70 percent of the world’s mail are in English. Millions of books and magazines are written in English, too. English is really a bridge to knowledge. With the help of English we can learn modern science and technology faster and better form the developed countries. In this way we can serve our country better.
31、Give Up Smoking
Smoking is a widespread habit even among school children. The number of young smokers is increasing.
It is reported that over two-fifths of the students in a certain school smoke, and some of them even steal money to buy cigarettes, This is terrible.
As we all know, smoking is harmful to our health. But it’s even more harmful to middle school students for it does great harm not only to their health but also to their mind.
Middle school students are future builders of the country. They should spend their time learning what is useful. So it’s really time that these young smokers made up their minds to give up smoking.
32、Spring Festival
The Chinese New Year is called Spring Festival, it usually comes in February. There is a name for each year. It may be called the year of the dog or the year of the monkey. And this year is the year of the cock.
Before the Now Year’s Day, the Chinese people usually give their houses a general cleaning.
On the last day of the old year, there is a big family dinner. All members of the family try to be present at the meal. On the first day of the new year, people go to visit their relatives and friends. As a rule, children are given some money to buy things they like.
People often have a good time during the Festival.
33、How Cities Began
Do you know how cities began?
Long ago, the world had only a few thousand people. These people moved from place to place, hunting animals for food. No one knows how or when these people learned about growing food. But when they did, their lives changed. They began to live near one another. And so the first villages grew. Many people came to work in the villages. The villages grew very big. From there the cities began.
When machines came along, life in the villages changed again. Factories were built. More and more people lived near the factories. The cities grew very big.
34、Early Rising
Early rising benefits us in many ways.
First, it helps to keep us fit. We all need fresh air. But air is never so fresh as early in the morning. Besides, by taking morning exercises we can improve our health.
Second, it can help us in our studies. In the morning we can learn more quickly.
Third, it can enable us to plan our work for the day. We cannot work well without a proper plan. Early rising can also give us enough time to get ready for our work..
So we say that those who always get up late should make great effort to get up early.
35、Spare-time Art Education in Shanghai
Tens of thousands of children is Shanghai are receiving art training in their spare time. More than 450 spare-time schools are helping the children in music, dancing, painting and calligraphy. Shanghai Children’s Art School, which has 16 branches and over 6,000 pupils, is the biggest of all.
Parents send their children to different schools to their different interests. The children have learned a lot of new knowledge which cannot be learned from books.
Spare-time art schools are supported by many parents. This new kind of school will surely be run better and better.
36、Our English Teacher
Our English teacher is a middle-aged woman. She has taught English for more than twenty years. She works very hard and has been a model teacher for many years.
She is kind to us. but she is rather strict with us. She always encourages us to speak and read more English. She often tells us that “practice makes perfect.”
She is very good at teaching and tries hard to make every lesson lively and interesting. She often gives us slide shows, teaches us English songs and helps us to put on short English plays.
She loves us and is always ready to help us. In fact, she is not only our good teacher but also our good friend. We all respect and love her.
37、At the Library
Mr. Greece： Good morning.
Librarian： Good morning. What can I do for you?
Mr. Greece： I’d like to borrow some books on computers. Here’s the list.
Librarian： All right. Let me go and have a check for you. (He goes in and comes back in a little while. ) Now, here are the books you want.
Mr. Greece： Thank you. How long can I keep them?
Librarian： A month.
Mr. Greece： Can I keep them a bit longer?
Librarian： Yes, you can, if you need them. But you must come and renew them at the end of the month.
Mr. Greece： I see. Thank you.
Librarian： You are welcome.
Mr. Greece： Bye.
Librarian： Bye.
38、A Telephone Call
John： Hello.
Mary： Hello. May I speak to Mr. Green, please?
John： Sorry, but he’s not in right now. Who’s calling, please?
Mary： This is Mary, his student.
John： Hi, Mary. Can I take a message?
Mary： Oh, yes. Please tell him I’ve got a bad cold and the doctor told me to stay in bed for one or two days. So I won’t be able to attend the class tomorrow.
John： O. K. I’ll give him the message when he comes back.
Mary： Thank you. Good-bye.
John： good-bye.
39、A Letter to a Friend
570 Jiangwan Road
Shanghai
July 14, 1990
Dear Li Ping,
Glad to have got your letter. It makes me happy that you are coming to stay in Shanghai for a week . I think we can meet each other and have a good time then.
Now let me tell you something about Suzhou . Suzhou is famous for its beautiful gardens. There are more than 100 in all, they say. Among them the Tiger Hill was my favourite. Thousands of years ago, a king was said to be buried there with his treasure. Unfortunately, I didn’t find the treasure, but we did have a good time there. I’ve taken some pictures there . If they some out well, I’ll send you some.
Suzhou is worth visiting. I hope you’ll pay a visit to it. I’m looking forward to your arrival.
Yours sincerely,
Chen Hua
40、A Note Asking for Business Leave
Jan. 10, 1990
Mr. Smith
Headmaster
Dear Sir,
Headmaster
Dear Sir,
I’m applying for one week’s leave of absence from the 11th to the 17th, in order to return home to see my father, who is now dangerously ill.
I should be very much obliged if you grant me my application.
Yours respectfully,
Foster
高考英语作文100篇（四）
61你的一位美国朋友Mike在你生日时给你寄来一本英语词典作为生日礼物，为此你写一封信给他表示谢意。信中要表达出你平时英语拼写比较差，这本词典正是你所需要的，它将帮助你提高拼写能力。信中对Mike寄给你的生日卡表示感谢，并祝Mike身体好，盼望下个月在中国能见到他。
62、假如你叫李华，请给班主任老师写一假条。
事由：母亲突然生病，发高烧，住院，需人照料。父亲出差去武汉。
事假：三天日期：九月十五日
其它：表示尽快返校，补上所缺课程。注意：不要使用自己的真实姓名。词数：60－80词。
63、守株待兔
请用英语简要地写《守株待兔》的故事，以刊登在我国对外发行的某英文刊物上，词数：80－100词。 故事大意：宋人有耕者，田中有株(stump)，兔走触株，折颈而死。捡之甚喜，随后弃农而守株。一年后，田地荒芜，终不再获，而身为宋国笑。
64、请您根据下面提示和要求，用英语给父母写一封：
Before you went to the United States, you promised your parents that you would write once a week, yet since then, you have failed to keep your promise. Write a letter to them explaining why it has been impossible for you to write more often . Do not write more than 100 words.
Hints： You have been too busy since you arrived there.
The post office is rather far away from your schoolyard.
You have not got any achievements that you can write to tell them.
You Promise that from now on you can write to them more often .
Your name： Chou Feng(周锋)
Your address： 316 Evergreen St. Freedom City, Ohio, U. S. A.
The date of your letter： July 2, 1989
65、假如你叫李明，去广州舅舅家度假。到达广州后，你给母亲写封短信，简述旅途情况、舅舅家对你的接待以及你对广州的感受。信中至少包括如下几点：
(1) 你已于上周五平安抵达广州。一路上火车拥挤，车内肮脏，到达广州时疲惫不堪。
(2) 舅舅全家都好，待你很热情。魏平表兄是个热心人，这几天正带你游览广州。今晚
你们将去听一个音乐会。
(3) 广州是个美丽的城市，也是个繁荣（bustling）的城市。广州的生活节奏、丰富多
彩。你希望长大后有机会在这儿工件。
(4) 发信日期：1990年2月15日。发信地址：广州市中山路8号。
注意：字数在120—140之间。
66、请根据下面的提示，写一段题为“谈论足球比赛”的对话（字数100－－120）：
星期天Helen邀请Henry出去吃午饭，顺便看几个朋友。Henry不愿错过当天华盛顿和纽约两队之间的精彩的足球比赛。他已有好几年没有看这两个队的比赛了。他请Helen 和他一起看。Helen却想做些更有意思的事情。她认为Henry每个星期天下午都呆在电视机前观看精野的足球赛没有意思。
67、请根据下面的提示，编写一段题为“谈论考试”的对话（字数在100－－120）：
提示： (1) Kate觉得英语、数学题目不容易，但愿能通过考试。
(2) Dick认为英语、数学考得还可以，但担心物理，因为一部分题目太难。
(3) Kate安慰Dick说，坐在她旁边的一位同学说，他花了两个小时，在物理试卷上只
写了个名字，其他一字未写。
68、Jane和Bill在谈论某一部电影。Bill刚在电视上看了一部令人发笑的电影，显得很愉快。这部电影讲的是一个马大哈到处闯祸的故事。Bill喜欢这部片子，Jane却喜欢看那些不仅有趣，而且有教育意义的（instructive）节目。Bill认为有时人们需要轻松轻松（relaxation），Jane不否认这一点，但坚持认为看电影不只是为了娱乐（entertainment ）。
请根据上面的内容，编写一段80至100字的对话。
69、根据下面的提示，以“Talking about Having Sports”为题编写一段对话（字数：80－－120）。
提示： Susan每天下午参加体育活动。她喜欢游泳，每星期游泳一次。David在中学时代也常游泳，但现在没有时间，人也开始发胖了。Susan邀请David当天下午一起去游泳，并约定下午三点在游泳池见面。
70、Helen和Henry两人在谈论书籍。Helen问Henry在看什么书。Henry说在看《马可?波罗游记》，该书图文并茂，很吸引人。书的主要内容是：马可?波罗生于意大利的古城威尼斯（Venice），1271年离别威尼斯，先由水路，后由陆路经“丝绸之路”于四年后到达中国。他在中国生活了十七年，于1292年回国。该书作者是Rustichello，书已被译成100种左右的不同文字。Helen听后对此书产生了兴趣，Henry答应看完后借给Helen看。
请根据上述内容，编写一段题为“谈论一本书”的对话，字数：120左右。
71、根据下面的提示，以“Start up a Conversation”为题，编写一段70字左右的对话：
搞研究工作的Snow先生在某大学校园散步时遇到了中国学生李平。他与李平进行了交谈。他先从天气说起，然后问李平是不是日本人。李平回答说他是中国人，是学习化学的。他曾学过三年英语，英语讲得一般。 Snow先生对此却很赞赏。
72、根据下列提示，编写一段题为“Giving a Gift”的对话（50个字左右）：
提示： (1) 圣诞节， Xiao Chen拜访了 Elizabeth，并送给她一件礼物。礼物是一只漂亮的竹篮。
(2) Elizabeth当场打开了礼物。她非常高兴，说这正是她所喜欢的，并再次感谢小陈。
73、黄先生夫妇请琼（Joan）到家里吃晚饭。黄太太做了冷鸡、蘑菇（mushrooms）、鱼、 虾（shrimp）、蛋卷（egg roll）和豆腐（Doufu）等菜招待客人。席间主人频频劝客人吃菜，客人称赞黄太太烧的菜非常可口。最后，客人向主人致谢告别。
请根据上述内容，编写一段题为“At the Dinner Table”的对话，字数在120字左右。
提示：对话可从晚餐结束前不久开始。
74、根据下列提示，编写一段题为“看病”的对话（字数100－－120）：
Alfred因喉痛( a sore throat)和咳嗽去看病。医生检查后说他得了流行性感冒（the flu），给他开了药方（prescription），要他每四小时服一次药。医生还问他是否抽烟。他说抽烟。医生劝他将烟戒掉。
75、根据下列提示，编写一段题为“问路”的对话（60－－80个字）：
Green太太想去博物馆，但不知如何走，于是就向一位警察询问。警察告诉她沿街走到第二个十字路口向左拐，拐角过去第三幢楼就是博物馆。
76、请根据下面提示，编写一段题为“道歉”的对话（字数在100－－120之间）：
Mary Brown上课迟到了二十分钟。她向Green小姐表示歉意，并对迟到原因作了说明。
原来，她上学的路上在公共汽车站等车时，站在不远处的一位老人忽然昏倒在地。她起先不知道怎么办才好，后来猜想老人一定是犯了心脏病（heart attack），于是就给附近的警察局打了电话，让他们把老人送往医院。
Green小姐听后，弄清了情况，夸奖了Mary Brown。
77、假如你叫陈明，在杭州外国语学校学习。原来你校每星期五下午放映英语电影，同学们都感兴趣。但从本学期起，你校每天下午加课。这不但影响了你们看电影，还影响了你们的体育活动和休息。你认为这对同学们的学习和健康是不利的。为此，你特地给《中国日报》（China Daily）的主编写信，反映情况，请求支持。该报地址：北京金台西路2号。
要求：(1) 字数在120个左右； (2) 发信地址是杭州人民路234号； (3) 写信日期为1990年2月27日。
78、请根据下列提示和要求写一篇短文。
提示： (1) 出通知的目的：把即将做的某件事告诉大家。
(2) 通知的形式：口头通知和书面通知。 (3) 写通知的要求：简单明了。
(4) 通知的内容：谁做、做什么、何地、何时、怎样做。
要求： (1) 题目：How to Make an Announcement。(2) 文体：说明文。 (3) 字数：60—80。
79、请根据下面的提纲写一篇说理文。
提纲： (1) 时间比金钱更宝贵。(2) 要珍惜时间，因为时间一去不复返。
(3) 要充分利用时间。(4) 浪费时间就是浪费生命。(5) 养成珍惜时间的良好习惯。
要求： (1) 题目：Time Is More Valuable Than Money (2) 字数：120—140。
80、 假如你是Chen Hua，住在北京长安街780号。一九九○年六月二十一日你给王老师（Mr Wang）写信，想说下面几件事：
(1) 你收到王老师六月十七日的来信，得知他今夏计划来北京。你盼望能早日见到他。
(2) 你所在学院准备出一本杂志，你是该杂志的助理编辑（assistant editor）之一。杂志为双月刊，你打算第一期出版后送一本给王老师。
(3) 询问王老师是否仍在教毕业班。你对王老师生动有趣的英语课印象很深。
请将字数控制在120个左右。
写作-4
61、 No 1 Middle School
Dongcheng District
Beijing
China
October 4th,1995
Dear Mike,
Thank you very much for the English dictionary you sent me for my seventeenth birthday. It’s just what I need!
My English spelling is very poor and I often make mistakes whenever I write, but now, thanks to your present, I can look up the words in the dictionary when I am not very sure about the spelling.
I hope you are well and I look forward to seeing you in China next month.
Best wishes,
Fu Young
62、Dear Mr. Wang Sept. 15 th
I’m very sorry I have to ask for a three-day leave. My mother has fallen ill and is having a high fever. She is in hospital now and needs looking after. My father happens to be away in Wuhan on business, so I have to go back to tend my sick mother, I’ll be back to school as soon as possible and make up for my missing lessons.
Thank you
Li Hua
63、略
64、A Letter to Parents
316 Evergreen St.
Freedom City, Ohio
U. S. A.
July 2, 1989
Dear Parents,
It has been so long since I left home and came to the United States. Everything is getting on well with me. How about you? I promised to write to you once a week when I left home. But my busy study prevented me from doing so. Please forgive me for not being able to keep my promise.
In fact, I have been very busy since I came to the U. S. , and I even have no important news to tell you,for I have no remarkable achievements up to now. What’s more, the post office is rather far away from here. I hope you will forgive me.
I will write to you again soon
Yours loving son,
Chou Feng
65、A Letter to Mother
8 Zhongshan Road
Guangzhou
Feb. 15, 1990
Dear Mamma,
How are you and Papa?
I arrived here last Friday safely, only the journey was mot very pleasant, the train was crowded and dirty, and I was terribly tired when I got here. But now I’m quite OK again.
Uncle’s family are all very well. They were very happy to see me and are all kind to me. Cousin Wei Ping is really warm-hearted, and he has been showing me around the city these days. Tonight Wei Ping and I are going to a concert, I’m sure we’ll have a good time.
Guangzhou is a beautiful city, and a bustling one as well. Life here is busy, exciting and colourful. I love the way people work and live here and I hope to have a chance to work and live in this city when I grow up.
Uncle and Aunt send you their love.
Love,
Ming
66、 Talking about the Football Game
Helen： Henry, why don’t we go out for lunch today and visit some friends?
Henry： And miss today’s football game? Washington is playing New York today. I can’t miss that.
Helen： Honestly, Henry. Don’t you ever get tired of football game?
Henry： This will be one of the best games of the year and I haven’t seen Washington play for years.
Helen： Oh, come on, Henry. Don’t you think it silly to spend every Sunday afternoon in front of the TV set, watching football?
Henry： No, not at all. Why don’t you watch it with me? You might like it.
Helen： No, thanks. I have better things to do with my Sunday afternoons. Besides, it’s too rough for me.
67、Talking about the Examination
Kate： How was the examination, Dick?
Dick： Not too bad. I think I passed in English and mathematics. The questions were not very difficult. How about you?
Kate： The English and maths papers weren’t easy enough for me. I hope I haven’t failed.
Dick： What I’m worrying about is physics. Some of the questions were too difficult for me.
Kate： Oh, cheer up, Dick . Perhaps we didn’t do that badly. The fellow next to me wrote his name at the top of the paper.
Dick： Yes?
Kate： Then he sat there, looked at it for two hours, and didn’t write a single word!
68、Talking about a Film
Jane： Hi, Bill. You look happy.
Bill： Yes, I’ve just seen a very funny film on TV.
Jane： What was it about?
Bill： It’s about a careless man who got into trouble wherever he went. He couldn’t do anything right.
Jane： So you like it?
Bill： Yes, I do. It makes me laugh a lot.
Jane： But I’d rather see something which are not only interesting, but also instructive.
Bill： Oh, Jane, don’t be so serious. People sometimes need relaxation.
Jane： That’s true, but I think watching TV is not just for entertainment.
69、Talking about Having Sports
David： Susan, you like sports, don’t you?
Susan： Yes. I have sports every afternoon.
David： Do you often go swimming?
Susan： Yes, I go swimming once a week.
David： I used to swim at middle school, but I don’t have time any more.
Susan： That’s too bad! Exercise is very important.
David： I know. I am getting fat, you see. Anyway, I don’t want to be heavy.
Susan： Well, I’m going to swim this afternoon. Do you want to go with me?
David： OK! I really need more exercises. When and where shall we meet?
Susan： How about three o’clock, at the swimming-pool?
David： All right. Good-bye!
Susan： Good-bye!
70、Talking about a Book
Helen： Henry!
Henry： Ummm．．．just a moment.
Helen： What are you reading?
Henry： The Travel of Marco Polo. It’s fascinating!
Helen： Let me have a look at it. Oh! What lovely pictures!
Henry： Yes. Look, this is Venice. It’s a beautiful old town in Italy.
Helen： Oh, yes. That’s where Marco Polo was born, isn’t it?
Henry： That’s right. He left Italy in 1271 and arrived in China in 1275.
Helen： What a long journey!
Henry： So it was. He travelled first by sea, and then by land along the famous“ Silk Road. ” The jounney took him four years.
Helen： How long did he stay in China?
Henry： Seventeen years.
Helen： That’s to say, he left China in．．．1292? And who wrote the book?
Henry： Rustichello. The book’s in about one hundred different languages now.
Helen： Oh, really? Can I borrow it when you finish it?
Henry： All right.
Helen： Thanks!
71、Start up a Conversation
Mr. Snow： Lovely day, isn’t it?
Li Ping： Yes, it is.
Mr. Snow： Are you from Japan?
Li Ping： No, I’m from China.
Mr. Snow： Are you here to study?
Li Ping： Yes, I’m studying chemistry. Do you teach here?
Mr. Snow： No, I don’t teach, but I do research here. By the way, how long have you been learning English?
Li Ping： For three years now.
Mr. Snow： Three years? Oh, your English is very good.
Li Ping： Oh, it’s very kind of you to say so, but there’s still a lot for me to learn yet.
72、Giving a Gift
Elizabeth： Hello, Xiao Chen! Merry Christmas!
Xiao Chen： Merry Christmas, Elizabeth. This is a small gift for you.
Elizabeth： Oh, thank you so much. May I open it now?
Xiao Chen： Sure. I hope you like it. (after opening the gift)
Elizabeth： My! What a beautiful bamboo basket! This is exactly what I like! It’s so nice of you, Xiao Chen. Thank you again.
73、At the Dinner Table
Mrs. Huang： Help yourself to some more mushrooms, Joan.
Joan： No, thank you. But could you pass me the plate of cold chicken? －Thank you.
Mr. Huang： Would you care for a piece of fish?
Joan： Yes. please. －Oh, it’s nice!
Mrs. Huang： Have another piece?
Joan： No, thanks. I haven’t finished this one yet.
－May I have some more Doufu? I love it.
－Thanks.
Mr. Huang： Can I get you some more shrimps or egg rolls?
Joan： No, thanks. I just couldn’t take any more.
－Well, Mr. and Mrs. Huang, I’m afraid I must be going now. Thank you very much for such a wonderful meal, which is one of the best I’ve ever had.
Mrs. Huang： I’m glad you like the food, Joan. It’s so nice to have you with us tonight. Please come whenever you have time.
Joan： Yes, I will. Good-bye.
Mr. & Mrs. Huang： Good-bye.
74、Visiting the Doctor
Alfred： Good morning, doctor.
Doctor： Good morning. What’s your trouble?
Alfred： I’m not feeling well. I’ve got a sore throat and a terrible cough.
Doctor： I see. Well. let me check your throat. Open your mouth and say “Ah－” .
Alfred： Aaaah.
Doctor： Ummm. I should say you’ve got the flu. Now, here’s your prescription. Take the medicine every four hours and drink more hot water. By the way, do you smoke?
Alfred： Yes, I do.
Doctor： Oh, that’s bad for your health, you know, especially when you have a cough. Why not take this good chance to give it up?
Alfred： Thank you for your advice, doctor. I’ll try. Good-bye!
Doctor： Good-bye!
75、Asking the Way
Mrs. Green： Excuse me, but could you tell me the way to the museum?
Policeman： Certainly. Just go up this street and turn left at the second crossing. The third building from the corner is the museum. You can’t miss it.
Mrs. Green： Oh, let me see. Go down this street, turn left at the second crossing. and the museum is the third building from the corner. Am I right?
Policeman： Yes, that’s right.
Mrs. Green： Thank you very much. Bye-bye.
Policeman： You are welcome. Bye-bye.
76、Apologizing and Giving Explanations
Miss Green： Mary, what happened to you? You are twenty minutes late today. We all worry about
you, you know.
Mary Brown： Sorry, Miss Green. But can I explain what happened?
Miss Green： Yes, please.
Mary Brown： OK. I was waiting for the bus at the bus stop when an old man standing nearby fell to the ground suddenly and lost his senses. I was so surprised that I didn’t know what to do at first. Then I guessed that he must have had a heart attack. So I called the nearby police station.
Miss Green： Did they come?
Mary Brown： Yes, they soon came over and sent the old man to hospital.
Miss Green： Good. Now I see what happened. You are a good girl, Mary.
77、A Letter to a Newspaper
234 Renmin Road
Hangzhou
Feb. 27, 1990
The Managing Editor,
China Daily
2 Jintai Xilu, Beijing
Dear Sir,
I am a student of the Foreign Language School. Every Friday afternoon, after the second class, we used to have time to see an English film, which we all took interest in . But from this term , it seems that we are having more and more classes in the afternoon, which makes it impossible for us to see the English films regularly. What is more, we have less time for rest or sports. I am sure it will do harm to our health as well as our study.
Would you please give us some support to stop this?
Yours sincerely,
Chen Ming
78、How to Make an Announcement
At times we have to announce some event we are going to have. Our announcement, which may be an oral one or a written one, has to be easy to understand.
In general it must contain four W’s and one H, which are Who, What, Where, When and How. These are important items to which attention is to be paid. How we arrange these things is entirely up to us.
79、Time Is More Valuable Than Money
People often say, “Time is money,” But in fact time is more valuable than money. Why? Because when money is spent, we can earn it back. However, when time is lost, it will never return. This is the reason why we must value time.
The time we have is limited. Every second is precious. We should make full use of our time. But there are a lot of people who do not know the importance of time. They kill away their time chatting, smoking, drinking or gambling, They do not realize that wasting time is simply wasting their valuable life.
In a word, we should get into the good habit of saving time. Do not leave what can be done today until tomorrow. Laziness will not only bring us failure but also lead us to the road of poverty.
80、A Letter to One’s Teacher
780 Changan Street,
Beijing
June 21, 1990
Dear Mr. Wang,
Your letter of June 17 reached me this morning as a pleasant surprise. I had been missing you all the time, dear teacher. Glad to know that you are planning to come to Beijing for a visit this summer. I eagerly look forward to seeing you as soon as possible.
My college will soon start a magazine, of which I have been made one of the assistant editors. It is a bimonthly. I’ll send you a copy as soon as the first issue is out .
Are you still teaching the graduate class now? I will never forget your English classes, which were so lively and interesting.
Love to your family!
Yours gratefully,
Chen Hua